7434 lines
254 KiB
Plaintext
7434 lines
254 KiB
Plaintext
\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
|
|
@c Copyright (c) 1991 1992 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
@c %**start of header
|
|
@setfilename as.info
|
|
@c ---config---
|
|
@c defaults, config file may override:
|
|
@set have-stabs
|
|
@c ---
|
|
@include asdoc-config.texi
|
|
@c ---
|
|
@c common OR combinations of conditions
|
|
@ifset AOUT
|
|
@set aout-bout
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
@set aout-bout
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset H8/300
|
|
@set H8
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset H8/500
|
|
@set H8
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@ifset SH
|
|
@set H8
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@c ------------
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@settitle Using @value{AS}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@setchapternewpage odd
|
|
@c %**end of header
|
|
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
@format
|
|
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
|
* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
|
|
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
|
@end format
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
|
|
@finalout
|
|
@syncodeindex ky cp
|
|
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
|
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
|
|
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
|
|
are preserved on all copies.
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
|
|
results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
|
|
notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
|
|
(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
|
|
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
|
|
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
|
|
section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
|
|
in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
|
|
distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
|
|
one.
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
|
|
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
|
|
except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
|
|
included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
|
|
instead of in the original English.
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
|
|
@titlepage
|
|
@title Using @value{AS}
|
|
@subtitle The GNU Assembler
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
@subtitle March 1993
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
@sp 13
|
|
The Free Software Foundation Inc. thanks The Nice Computer
|
|
Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
|
|
first (Vax) version of @code{as} for Project GNU.
|
|
The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
|
|
distracting the boss while they got some work
|
|
done.
|
|
@sp 3
|
|
@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
|
|
@page
|
|
@tex
|
|
{\parskip=0pt
|
|
\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
|
|
\hfill Edited by Roland Pesch for Cygnus Support\par
|
|
}
|
|
%"boxit" macro for figures:
|
|
%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
|
|
\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
|
|
\vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
|
|
#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
|
|
\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
|
|
@end tex
|
|
|
|
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
|
|
Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
|
|
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
|
|
are preserved on all copies.
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
|
|
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
|
|
section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
|
|
in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
|
|
distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
|
|
one.
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
|
|
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
|
|
except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
|
|
included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
|
|
instead of in the original English.
|
|
@end titlepage
|
|
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
@node Top
|
|
@top Using @value{AS}
|
|
|
|
This file is a user guide to the GNU assembler @code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
This version of the file describes @code{@value{AS}} configured to generate
|
|
code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Overview:: Overview
|
|
* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
|
|
* Syntax:: Syntax
|
|
* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
|
|
* Symbols:: Symbols
|
|
* Expressions:: Expressions
|
|
* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
|
|
* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
* Copying:: GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
* Index:: Index
|
|
@end menu
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
|
|
@node Overview
|
|
@chapter Overview
|
|
@iftex
|
|
This manual is a user guide to the GNU assembler @code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
This version of the manual describes @code{@value{AS}} configured to generate
|
|
code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@end iftex
|
|
|
|
@cindex invocation summary
|
|
@cindex option summary
|
|
@cindex summary of options
|
|
Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @code{@value{AS}}. For details,
|
|
@pxref{Invoking,,Comand-Line Options}.
|
|
|
|
@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
|
|
@c to be limited to one line for the header.
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@value{AS} [ -a | -al | -as ] [ -D ] [ -f ]
|
|
[ -I @var{path} ] [ -K ] [ -L ]
|
|
[ -o @var{objfile} ] [ -R ] [ -v ] [ -w ]
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
@c am29k has no machine-dependent assembler options
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
@c Hitachi family chips have no machine-dependent assembler options
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset SPARC
|
|
[ -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclite | -bump ]
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset Z8000
|
|
@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
|
|
[ -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC ]
|
|
[ -b ] [ -norelax ]
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset M680X0
|
|
[ -l ] [ -mc68000 | -mc68010 | -mc68020 ]
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
[ -- | @var{files} @dots{} ]
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item -a[dhlns]
|
|
Turn on listings;
|
|
@samp{-ad}, omit debugging pseudo-ops from listing,
|
|
@samp{-ah}, include high-level source,
|
|
@samp{-al}, assembly listing,
|
|
@samp{-an}, no forms processing,
|
|
@samp{-as}, symbols. These options may be combined; @emph{e.g.},
|
|
@samp{-aln} for assembly listing without forms processing.
|
|
By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls} --- that is, all listings
|
|
turned on.
|
|
|
|
@item -D
|
|
This option is accepted only for script compatibility with calls to
|
|
other assemblers; it has no effect on @code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
|
|
@item -f
|
|
``fast''---skip preprocessing (assume source is compiler output)
|
|
|
|
@item -I @var{path}
|
|
Add @var{path} to the search list for @code{.include} directives
|
|
|
|
@item -K
|
|
@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@item -L
|
|
Keep (in symbol table) local symbols, starting with @samp{L}
|
|
|
|
@item -o @var{objfile}
|
|
Name the object-file output from @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
|
|
@item -R
|
|
Fold data section into text section
|
|
|
|
@item -v
|
|
Announce @code{as} version
|
|
|
|
@item -W
|
|
Suppress warning messages
|
|
|
|
@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
|
|
Standard input, or source files to assemble.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
|
Intel 80960 processor.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
|
|
Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
|
|
|
|
@item -b
|
|
Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
|
|
|
|
@item -norelax
|
|
Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
|
|
error if necessary.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset M680X0
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
|
Motorola 68000 series.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item -l
|
|
Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
|
|
|
|
@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030 | -m68040 | -mcpu32
|
|
Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
|
|
is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
|
|
|
|
@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
|
|
The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
|
|
The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
|
|
the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
|
|
two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
|
|
coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
|
|
|
|
@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
|
|
The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
|
|
unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset SPARC
|
|
The following options are available when @code{@value{AS}} is configured
|
|
for the SPARC architecture:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclite
|
|
Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
|
|
|
|
@item -bump
|
|
Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
|
|
* GNU Assembler:: @value{AS}, the GNU Assembler
|
|
* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
|
|
* Command Line:: Command Line
|
|
* Input Files:: Input Files
|
|
* Object:: Output (Object) File
|
|
* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Manual
|
|
@section Structure of this Manual
|
|
|
|
@cindex manual, structure and purpose
|
|
This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
|
|
@sc{gnu} @code{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
|
|
notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
|
|
configuration of @code{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
|
|
various flavors of the assembler.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
|
This manual also describes how the assembler works internally, and
|
|
provides some information that may be useful to people attempting to
|
|
port the assembler to another machine.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@refill
|
|
|
|
@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
|
|
On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
|
|
to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
|
|
In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
|
|
architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
|
|
mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
|
|
particular architecture.
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
You may want to consult the manufacturer's
|
|
machine architecture manual for this information.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset H8/300
|
|
For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
|
|
Series Programming Manual} (Hitachi ADE--602--025).
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset H8/500
|
|
For information on the H8/500 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/500
|
|
Series Programming Manual} (Hitachi M21T001).
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@ifset SH
|
|
For information on the Hitachi SH machine instruction set, see
|
|
@cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Hitachi Micro Systems, Inc.).
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@ifset Z8000
|
|
For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@c I think this is premature---pesch@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
|
|
@ignore
|
|
Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
|
|
the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
|
|
Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
|
|
computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that GNU can run on);
|
|
once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
|
|
qualification.
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
|
|
human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
|
|
computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
|
|
@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
|
|
@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
|
|
@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
|
|
@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
|
|
@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
|
|
@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
|
|
@c directives).
|
|
|
|
@node GNU Assembler
|
|
@section @value{AS}, the GNU Assembler
|
|
|
|
GNU @code{as} is really a family of assemblers.
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
This manual describes @code{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
|
|
configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
If you use (or have used) the GNU assembler on one architecture, you
|
|
should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
|
|
architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
|
|
including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
|
|
@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
|
|
|
|
@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
|
|
GNU C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
|
|
@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
|
|
machine would assemble.
|
|
@ifset VAX
|
|
Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset M680X0
|
|
@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
|
|
@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
|
|
This doesn't mean @code{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
|
|
assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
|
|
incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
Unlike older assemblers, @code{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
|
|
program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
|
|
@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
|
|
|
|
@node Object Formats
|
|
@section Object File Formats
|
|
|
|
@cindex object file format
|
|
The GNU assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
|
|
object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
|
|
write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
|
|
are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
|
|
Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
|
|
On the @value{TARGET}, @code{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
|
|
@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
On the @value{TARGET}, @code{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
|
|
@code{a.out} or COFF format object files.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
On the @value{TARGET}, @code{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
|
|
@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@node Command Line
|
|
@section Command Line
|
|
|
|
@cindex command line conventions
|
|
After the program name @code{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
|
|
options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
|
|
before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
|
|
significant.
|
|
|
|
@cindex standard input, as input file
|
|
@kindex --
|
|
@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
|
|
explicitly, as one of the files for @code{@value{AS}} to assemble.
|
|
|
|
@cindex options, command line
|
|
Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
|
|
hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
|
|
@code{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
|
|
option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
|
|
the letter is important. All options are optional.
|
|
|
|
Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
|
|
name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
|
|
with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (GNU
|
|
standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
|
|
@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@node Input Files
|
|
@section Input Files
|
|
|
|
@cindex input
|
|
@cindex source program
|
|
@cindex files, input
|
|
We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
|
|
describe the program input to one run of @code{@value{AS}}. The program may
|
|
be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
|
|
doesn't change the meaning of the source.
|
|
|
|
@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
|
|
@c APL training... pesch@cygnus.com
|
|
The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
|
|
order specified.
|
|
|
|
Each time you run @code{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
|
|
program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
|
|
(The standard input is also a file.)
|
|
|
|
You give @code{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
|
|
names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
|
|
command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
|
|
is taken to be an input file name.
|
|
|
|
If you give @code{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
|
|
from the @code{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
|
|
may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @code{@value{AS}} there is no more program
|
|
to assemble.
|
|
|
|
Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
|
|
in your command line.
|
|
|
|
If the source is empty, @code{@value{AS}} will produce a small, empty object
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
|
|
|
|
@cindex input file linenumbers
|
|
@cindex line numbers, in input files
|
|
There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
|
|
either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
|
|
number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
|
|
``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
|
|
to @code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
|
|
directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names
|
|
help error messages reflect the original source file, when @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
source is itself synthesized from other files.
|
|
@xref{App-File,,@code{.app-file}}.
|
|
|
|
@node Object
|
|
@section Output (Object) File
|
|
|
|
@cindex object file
|
|
@cindex output file
|
|
@kindex a.out
|
|
@kindex .o
|
|
Every time you run @code{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
|
|
your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
|
|
is the object file, named
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
@code{b.out},
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
if @code{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960, or
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear BOUT
|
|
@code{a.out},
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
unless you tell @code{@value{AS}} to
|
|
give it another name by using the @code{-o} option. Conventionally,
|
|
object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name of
|
|
@file{a.out} is used for historical reasons: older assemblers were
|
|
capable of assembling self-contained programs directly into a
|
|
runnable program.
|
|
(For some formats, this isn't currently possible, but it can be done for
|
|
@code{a.out} format.)
|
|
|
|
@cindex linker
|
|
@kindex ld
|
|
The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
|
|
assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
|
|
the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
|
|
information for the debugger.
|
|
|
|
@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
|
|
@c don't forget to describe GNU info as well as Unix lossage.
|
|
|
|
@node Errors
|
|
@section Error and Warning Messages
|
|
|
|
@cindex error messsages
|
|
@cindex warning messages
|
|
@cindex messages from @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
|
|
file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
|
|
runs @code{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
|
|
that @code{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
|
|
grave problem that stops the assembly.
|
|
|
|
@cindex format of warning messages
|
|
Warning messages have the format
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
|
|
(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
|
|
(@pxref{App-File,,@code{.app-file}}) it is used for the filename,
|
|
otherwise the name of the current input file is used. If a logical line
|
|
number was given
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifclear A29K
|
|
(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
(@pxref{Ln,,@code{.ln}})
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
then it is used to calculate the number printed,
|
|
otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
|
|
message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
|
|
tradition).
|
|
|
|
@cindex format of error messages
|
|
Error messages have the format
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
The file name and line number are derived as for warning
|
|
messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
|
|
because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking
|
|
@chapter Command-Line Options
|
|
|
|
@cindex options, all versions of @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
|
|
versions of the GNU assembler; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}, for options specific
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
to the @value{TARGET}.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
to particular machine architectures.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
If you are invoking @code{@value{AS}} via the GNU C compiler (version 2), you
|
|
can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the
|
|
assembler. The assembler arguments must be separated from each other
|
|
(and the @samp{-Wa}) by commas. For example:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
will cause a listing to be emitted to standard output with high-level
|
|
and assembly source.
|
|
|
|
Many compiler command-line options, such as @samp{-R} and many
|
|
machine-specific options, will be automatically be passed to the
|
|
assembler by the compiler, so usually you do not need to use this
|
|
@samp{-Wa} mechanism.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* a:: -a[dhlns] enable listings
|
|
* D:: -D for compatibility
|
|
* f:: -f to work faster
|
|
* I:: -I for .include search path
|
|
@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
* K:: -K for compatibility
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
* K:: -K for difference tables
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
* L:: -L to retain local labels
|
|
* o:: -o to name the object file
|
|
* R:: -R to join data and text sections
|
|
* v:: -v to announce version
|
|
* W:: -W to suppress warnings
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node a
|
|
@section Enable Listings: @code{-a[dhlns]}
|
|
|
|
@kindex -a
|
|
@kindex -ad
|
|
@kindex -ah
|
|
@kindex -al
|
|
@kindex -an
|
|
@kindex -as
|
|
@cindex listings, enabling
|
|
@cindex assembly listings, enabling
|
|
|
|
These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
|
|
@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
|
|
Other letters may be used to select specific options for the list:
|
|
@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
|
|
@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
|
|
@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
|
|
High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
|
|
@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
|
|
also.
|
|
|
|
The @samp{-ad} option may be used to omit debugging pseudo-ops from the
|
|
listing.
|
|
|
|
Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
|
|
listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
|
|
@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
|
|
@code{.sbttl}.
|
|
The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
|
|
If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
|
|
listing-control directives have no effect.
|
|
|
|
The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
|
|
@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
|
|
|
|
@node D
|
|
@section @code{-D}
|
|
|
|
@kindex -D
|
|
This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
|
|
likely that scripts written for other assemblers will also work with
|
|
@code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
|
|
@node f
|
|
@section Work Faster: @code{-f}
|
|
|
|
@kindex -f
|
|
@cindex trusted compiler
|
|
@cindex faster processing (@code{-f})
|
|
@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
|
|
(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from pre-processing
|
|
the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Pre-processing,
|
|
,Pre-processing}.
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
@emph{Warning:} if the files actually need to be pre-processed (if they
|
|
contain comments, for example), @code{@value{AS}} will not work correctly if
|
|
@samp{-f} is used.
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
@node I
|
|
@section @code{.include} search path: @code{-I} @var{path}
|
|
|
|
@kindex -I @var{path}
|
|
@cindex paths for @code{.include}
|
|
@cindex search path for @code{.include}
|
|
@cindex @code{include} directive search path
|
|
Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} will search for files specified in @code{.include}
|
|
directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @code{-I} as
|
|
many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
|
|
working directory is always searched first; after that, @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
|
|
specified (left to right) on the command line.
|
|
|
|
@node K
|
|
@section Difference Tables: @code{-K}
|
|
|
|
@kindex -K
|
|
@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
|
|
permitted for compatibility with the GNU assembler on other platforms,
|
|
where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
|
|
generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
|
|
family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
|
|
alteration on other platforms.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
@cindex difference tables, warning
|
|
@cindex warning for altered difference tables
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the form
|
|
@samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}; @pxref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
|
|
You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
|
|
is done.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node L
|
|
@section Include Local Labels: @code{-L}
|
|
|
|
@kindex -L
|
|
@cindex local labels, retaining in output
|
|
Labels beginning with @samp{L} (upper case only) are called @dfn{local
|
|
labels}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you don't see such labels when
|
|
debugging, because they are intended for the use of programs (like
|
|
compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your notice.
|
|
Normally both @code{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard such labels, so you don't
|
|
normally debug with them.
|
|
|
|
This option tells @code{@value{AS}} to retain those @samp{L@dots{}} symbols
|
|
in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} to preserve symbols whose names begin with @samp{L}.
|
|
|
|
@node o
|
|
@section Name the Object File: @code{-o}
|
|
|
|
@kindex -o
|
|
@cindex naming object file
|
|
@cindex object file name
|
|
There is always one object file output when you run @code{@value{AS}}. By
|
|
default it has the name
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear I960
|
|
@file{a.out}.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
@file{b.out}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear I960
|
|
@file{a.out}.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
|
|
object file a different name.
|
|
|
|
Whatever the object file is called, @code{@value{AS}} will overwrite any
|
|
existing file of the same name.
|
|
|
|
@node R
|
|
@section Join Data and Text Sections: @code{-R}
|
|
|
|
@kindex -R
|
|
@cindex data and text sections, joining
|
|
@cindex text and data sections, joining
|
|
@cindex joining text and data sections
|
|
@cindex merging text and data sections
|
|
@code{-R} tells @code{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
|
|
data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
|
|
the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
|
|
section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
|
|
your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
|
|
appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
|
|
|
|
When you specify @code{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
|
|
address displacements (because we don't have to cross between text and
|
|
data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
|
|
older versions of @code{@value{AS}}. In future, @code{-R} may work this way.
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
When @code{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF output,
|
|
this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
|
|
@samp{.data}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node v
|
|
@section Announce Version: @code{-v}
|
|
|
|
@kindex -v
|
|
@kindex -version
|
|
@cindex @code{@value{AS}} version
|
|
@cindex version of @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
You can find out what version of as is running by including the
|
|
option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
|
|
command line.
|
|
|
|
@node W
|
|
@section Suppress Warnings: @code{-W}
|
|
|
|
@kindex -W
|
|
@cindex suppressing warnings
|
|
@cindex warnings, suppressing
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
|
|
assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
|
|
cause @code{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
|
|
made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
|
|
If you use this option, no warnings are issued. This option only
|
|
affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of how
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly, are
|
|
still reported.
|
|
|
|
@node Syntax
|
|
@chapter Syntax
|
|
|
|
@cindex machine-independent syntax
|
|
@cindex syntax, machine-independent
|
|
This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
|
|
source file. @code{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
|
|
assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
|
|
@ifclear VAX
|
|
assembler.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset VAX
|
|
assembler, except that @code{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Pre-processing:: Pre-processing
|
|
* Whitespace:: Whitespace
|
|
* Comments:: Comments
|
|
* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
|
|
* Statements:: Statements
|
|
* Constants:: Constants
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Pre-processing
|
|
@section Pre-Processing
|
|
|
|
@cindex preprocessing
|
|
The pre-processor:
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
|
|
@item
|
|
adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
|
|
the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
|
|
a single space.
|
|
|
|
@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
|
|
@item
|
|
removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
|
|
appropriate number of newlines.
|
|
|
|
@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
|
|
@item
|
|
converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
|
|
cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
|
|
pre-processed.
|
|
|
|
@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
|
|
@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
|
|
@kindex #NO_APP
|
|
@kindex #APP
|
|
If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or the @samp{-f}
|
|
option is given, the input file will not be pre-processed. Within such
|
|
an input file, parts of the file can be pre-processed by putting a line
|
|
that says @code{#APP} before the text that should be pre-processed, and
|
|
putting a line that says @code{#NO_APP} after them. This feature is
|
|
mainly intend to support @code{asm} statements in compilers whose output
|
|
normally does not need to be pre-processed.
|
|
|
|
@node Whitespace
|
|
@section Whitespace
|
|
|
|
@cindex whitespace
|
|
@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
|
|
Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
|
|
people to read. Unless within character constants
|
|
(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
|
|
as exactly one space.
|
|
|
|
@node Comments
|
|
@section Comments
|
|
|
|
@cindex comments
|
|
There are two ways of rendering comments to @code{@value{AS}}. In both
|
|
cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
|
|
|
|
Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
|
|
This means you may not nest these comments.
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
/*
|
|
The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
|
|
is to use this sort of comment.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@cindex line comment character
|
|
Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
|
|
is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
|
|
@ifset VAX
|
|
@samp{#} on the Vax;
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
@samp{#} on the i960;
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset SPARC
|
|
@samp{!} on the SPARC;
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset M680X0
|
|
@samp{|} on the 680x0;
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
@samp{;} for the AMD 29K family;
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset H8/300
|
|
@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset H8/500
|
|
@samp{!} for the H8/500 family;
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@ifset SH
|
|
@samp{!} for the Hitachi SH;
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@ifset Z8000
|
|
@samp{!} for the Z8000;
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
|
|
@c FIXME What about i386, m88k, i860?
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
|
|
will only begin a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
|
|
a line, while the other will always begin a comment.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@kindex #
|
|
@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
|
|
@cindex logical line numbers
|
|
To be compatible with past assemblers, a special interpretation is
|
|
given to lines that begin with @samp{#}. Following the @samp{#} an
|
|
absolute expression (@pxref{Expressions}) is expected: this will be
|
|
the logical line number of the @b{next} line. Then a string
|
|
(@xref{Strings}.) is allowed: if present it is a new logical file
|
|
name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
|
|
|
|
If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
|
|
the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
# This is an ordinary comment.
|
|
# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
|
|
# This is logical line # 36.
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
|
|
of @code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Intro
|
|
@section Symbols
|
|
|
|
@cindex characters used in symbols
|
|
@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
|
|
A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
|
|
letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
|
|
@samp{_.$}.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
|
|
letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
|
|
@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
|
|
symbol names.)
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
|
|
are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
|
|
There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
|
|
delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
|
|
(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
|
|
not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
|
|
@cindex length of symbols
|
|
|
|
@node Statements
|
|
@section Statements
|
|
|
|
@cindex statements, structure of
|
|
@cindex line separator character
|
|
@cindex statement separator character
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifclear abnormal-separator
|
|
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
|
|
semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
|
|
the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
|
|
constants are an exception: they don't end statements.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset abnormal-separator
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an ``at''
|
|
sign (@samp{@@}). The newline or at sign is considered part of the
|
|
preceding statement. Newlines and at signs within character constants
|
|
are an exception: they don't end statements.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
|
|
H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
Hitachi-SH or the
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
H8/500) a semicolon
|
|
(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
|
|
the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
|
|
constants are an exception: they don't end statements.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
|
|
separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless
|
|
this conflicts with the comment character; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
|
|
newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
|
|
statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
|
|
exception: they don't end statements.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@cindex newline, required at file end
|
|
@cindex EOF, newline must precede
|
|
It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
|
|
character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
|
|
|
|
@cindex continuing statements
|
|
@cindex multi-line statements
|
|
@cindex statement on multiple lines
|
|
You may write a statement on more than one line if you put a
|
|
backslash (@kbd{\}) immediately in front of any newlines within the
|
|
statement. When @code{@value{AS}} reads a backslashed newline both
|
|
characters are ignored. You can even put backslashed newlines in
|
|
the middle of symbol names without changing the meaning of your
|
|
source program.
|
|
|
|
An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
|
|
|
|
@cindex instructions and directives
|
|
@cindex directives and instructions
|
|
@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
|
|
@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... pesch@cygnus.com,
|
|
@c 13feb91.
|
|
A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
|
|
key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
|
|
symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
|
|
symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
|
|
directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
|
|
a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
|
|
will assemble into a machine language instruction.
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
Different versions of @code{@value{AS}} for different computers will
|
|
recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
|
|
represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
|
|
language.@refill
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{:} (label)
|
|
@cindex label (@code{:})
|
|
A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
|
|
Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
|
|
have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
label: .directive followed by something
|
|
another_label: # This is an empty statement.
|
|
instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@node Constants
|
|
@section Constants
|
|
|
|
@cindex constants
|
|
A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
|
|
inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@group
|
|
.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
|
|
.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
|
|
.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
|
|
.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
|
|
95028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
|
|
@end group
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Characters:: Character Constants
|
|
* Numbers:: Number Constants
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Characters
|
|
@subsection Character Constants
|
|
|
|
@cindex character constants
|
|
@cindex constants, character
|
|
There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
|
|
for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
|
|
numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
|
|
@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
|
|
used in arithmetic expressions.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Strings:: Strings
|
|
* Chars:: Characters
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Strings
|
|
@subsubsection Strings
|
|
|
|
@cindex string constants
|
|
@cindex constants, string
|
|
A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
|
|
double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
|
|
into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
|
|
a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
|
|
one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
|
|
(which prevents @code{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
|
|
escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
|
|
|
|
@cindex escape codes, character
|
|
@cindex character escape codes
|
|
@table @kbd
|
|
@c @item \a
|
|
@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
|
|
@c
|
|
@item \b
|
|
@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
|
|
@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
|
|
Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
|
|
|
|
@c @item \e
|
|
@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
|
|
@c
|
|
@item \f
|
|
@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
|
|
@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
|
|
Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
|
|
|
|
@item \n
|
|
@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
|
|
@cindex newline (@code{\n})
|
|
Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
|
|
|
|
@c @item \p
|
|
@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
|
|
@c
|
|
@item \r
|
|
@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
|
|
@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
|
|
Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
|
|
|
|
@c @item \s
|
|
@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
|
|
@c other assemblers.
|
|
@c
|
|
@item \t
|
|
@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
|
|
@cindex tab (@code{\t})
|
|
Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
|
|
|
|
@c @item \v
|
|
@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
|
|
@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
|
|
@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
|
|
@c
|
|
@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
|
|
@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
|
|
@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
|
|
An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
|
|
For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
|
|
for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
|
|
|
|
@item \\
|
|
@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
|
|
@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
|
|
Represents one @samp{\} character.
|
|
|
|
@c @item \'
|
|
@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
|
|
@c This is needed in single character literals
|
|
@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
|
|
@c a @samp{'}.
|
|
@c
|
|
@item \"
|
|
@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
|
|
@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
|
|
Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
|
|
this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
|
|
|
|
@item \ @var{anything-else}
|
|
Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} will give a warning, but
|
|
assemble as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
|
|
you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
|
|
interpretation of the following character. However @code{@value{AS}} has no
|
|
other interpretation, so @code{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
|
|
code and warns you of the fact.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
|
|
varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
|
|
the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
|
|
compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, don't use an escape
|
|
sequence.
|
|
|
|
@node Chars
|
|
@subsubsection Characters
|
|
|
|
@cindex single character constant
|
|
@cindex character, single
|
|
@cindex constant, single character
|
|
A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
|
|
followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
|
|
to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
|
|
must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
|
|
@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
|
|
grave accent. A newline
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifclear abnormal-separator
|
|
(or semicolon @samp{;})
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset abnormal-separator
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
(or at sign @samp{@@})
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
Hitachi SH or
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
H8/500)
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
|
|
and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
|
|
constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
|
|
that character. @code{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
|
|
@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
|
|
|
|
@node Numbers
|
|
@subsection Number Constants
|
|
|
|
@cindex constants, number
|
|
@cindex number constants
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
|
|
are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
|
|
would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
|
|
integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
|
|
are floating point numbers, described below.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Integers:: Integers
|
|
* Bignums:: Bignums
|
|
* Flonums:: Flonums
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Integers
|
|
@subsubsection Integers
|
|
@cindex integers
|
|
@cindex constants, integer
|
|
|
|
@cindex binary integers
|
|
@cindex integers, binary
|
|
A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
|
|
the binary digits @samp{01}.
|
|
|
|
@cindex octal integers
|
|
@cindex integers, octal
|
|
An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
|
|
digits (@samp{01234567}).
|
|
|
|
@cindex decimal integers
|
|
@cindex integers, decimal
|
|
A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
|
|
more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
|
|
|
|
@cindex hexadecimal integers
|
|
@cindex integers, hexadecimal
|
|
A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
|
|
more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
|
|
|
|
Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
|
|
the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
|
|
(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
|
|
|
|
@node Bignums
|
|
@subsubsection Bignums
|
|
|
|
@cindex bignums
|
|
@cindex constants, bignum
|
|
A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
|
|
except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
|
|
represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
|
|
integers are permitted while bignums are not.
|
|
|
|
@node Flonums
|
|
@subsubsection Flonums
|
|
@cindex flonums
|
|
@cindex floating point numbers
|
|
@cindex constants, floating point
|
|
|
|
@cindex precision, floating point
|
|
A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
|
|
indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
|
|
sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
|
|
to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
|
|
portion of @code{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
|
|
|
|
A flonum is written by writing (in order)
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
The digit @samp{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
A letter, to tell @code{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
|
|
(Any otherwise illegal letter
|
|
will work here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD 4.2 assembler seems
|
|
to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
On the H8/300, H8/500,
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
Hitachi SH,
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
|
|
one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
|
|
|
|
On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
|
|
one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
|
|
or more decimal digits.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
An optional exponent, consisting of:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
|
|
@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
|
|
@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
|
|
@item
|
|
Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
|
|
@item
|
|
One or more decimal digits.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
|
|
present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
|
|
independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
|
|
@code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
|
|
@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
|
|
@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
|
|
@node Bit Fields
|
|
@subsubsection Bit Fields
|
|
|
|
@cindex bit fields
|
|
@cindex constants, bit field
|
|
You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
|
|
specify two numbers separated by a colon---
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{mask}:@var{value}
|
|
@end example
|
|
@noindent
|
|
the first will act as a mask; @code{@value{AS}} will bitwise-and it with the
|
|
second value.
|
|
|
|
The resulting number is then packed
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
|
|
(in host-dependent byte order)
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
|
|
bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
|
|
requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
|
|
more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
|
|
least significant digits.@refill
|
|
|
|
The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
|
|
@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@node Sections
|
|
@chapter Sections and Relocation
|
|
@cindex sections
|
|
@cindex relocation
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Secs Background:: Background
|
|
* Ld Sections:: @value{LD} Sections
|
|
* As Sections:: @value{AS} Internal Sections
|
|
* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
|
|
* bss:: bss Section
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Secs Background
|
|
@section Background
|
|
|
|
Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
|
|
``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
|
|
For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
|
|
|
|
@cindex linker, and assembler
|
|
@cindex assembler, and linker
|
|
The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
|
|
combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address
|
|
0. @code{@value{LD}} will assign the final addresses the partial program
|
|
occupies, so that different partial programs don't overlap. This is
|
|
actually an over-simplification, but it will suffice to explain how
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} uses sections.
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
|
|
addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
|
|
units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
|
|
within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
|
|
run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
|
|
the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
|
|
the proper run-time addresses.
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
For the H8/300 and H8/500,
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
and for the Hitachi SH,
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
|
|
ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@cindex standard @code{@value{AS}} sections
|
|
An object file written by @code{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
|
|
of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
|
|
@dfn{bss} sections.
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
When it generates COFF output,
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
|
|
using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
|
|
If you don't use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
|
|
or @samp{.data} sections, these sections will still exist, but will be empty.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
|
|
data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
|
|
|
|
To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data will change when the sections are
|
|
relocated, and how to change that data, @code{@value{AS}} also writes to the
|
|
object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
|
|
file is mentioned:
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
|
|
an address?
|
|
@item
|
|
How long (in bytes) is this reference?
|
|
@item
|
|
Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
|
|
@display
|
|
(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
|
|
@end display
|
|
@item
|
|
Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@cindex addresses, format of
|
|
@cindex section-relative addressing
|
|
In fact, every address @code{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
|
|
@display
|
|
(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
|
|
@end display
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Further, every expression @code{@value{AS}} computes is of this section-relative
|
|
nature. @dfn{Absolute expression} means an expression with section
|
|
``absolute'' (@pxref{Ld Sections}). A @dfn{pass1 expression} means
|
|
an expression with section ``pass1'' (@pxref{As Sections,,@value{AS}
|
|
Internal Sections}). In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname}
|
|
@var{N}@} to mean ``offset @var{N} into section @var{secname}''.
|
|
|
|
Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
|
|
@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
|
|
addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
|
|
@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by @code{@value{LD}}.
|
|
Although two partial programs' data sections will not overlap addresses
|
|
after linking, @emph{by definition} their absolute sections will overlap.
|
|
Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one partial program will always be the same
|
|
address when the program is running as address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any
|
|
other partial program.
|
|
|
|
The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
|
|
address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
|
|
rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} will be filled in later.
|
|
Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
|
|
address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
|
|
common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
|
|
time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
|
|
|
|
By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
|
|
the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
|
|
sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
|
|
customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
|
|
the addresses of all partial program's text sections. Likewise for
|
|
data and bss sections.
|
|
|
|
Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
|
|
use of @code{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
|
|
|
|
@node Ld Sections
|
|
@section @value{LD} Sections
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
|
|
|
|
@table @strong
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@cindex named sections
|
|
@cindex sections, named
|
|
@item named sections
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
@cindex text section
|
|
@cindex data section
|
|
@item text section
|
|
@itemx data section
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
These sections hold your program. @code{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
|
|
separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
|
|
true another.
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
When the program is running, however, it is
|
|
customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
|
|
text section is often shared among processes: it will contain
|
|
instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
|
|
program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
|
|
in the data section.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@cindex bss section
|
|
@item bss section
|
|
This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
|
|
is used to hold unitialized variables or common storage. The length of
|
|
each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
|
|
out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
|
|
bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
|
|
those explicit zeros from object files.
|
|
|
|
@cindex absolute section
|
|
@item absolute section
|
|
Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
|
|
This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
|
|
not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
|
|
addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they don't change during relocation.
|
|
|
|
@cindex undefined section
|
|
@item undefined section
|
|
This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
|
|
the preceding sections.
|
|
@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@cindex relocation example
|
|
An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
|
|
|
|
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
+-----+----+--+
|
|
partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
|
|
+-----+----+--+
|
|
|
|
text data bss
|
|
seg. seg. seg.
|
|
|
|
+---+---+---+
|
|
partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
|
|
+---+---+---+
|
|
|
|
+--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
|
|
linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
|
|
+--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
|
|
|
|
addresses: 0 @dots{}
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
@c FIXME make sure no page breaks inside figure!!
|
|
@tex
|
|
|
|
\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
|
|
\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
|
|
\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
|
|
|
|
\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
|
|
\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
|
|
\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
|
|
|
|
\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
|
|
\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
|
|
\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
|
|
ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
|
|
DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
|
|
|
|
\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
|
|
\line{0\dots\hfil}
|
|
|
|
@end tex
|
|
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
|
|
@node As Sections
|
|
@section @value{AS} Internal Sections
|
|
|
|
@cindex internal @code{@value{AS}} sections
|
|
@cindex sections in messages, internal
|
|
These sections are meant only for the internal use of @code{@value{AS}}. They
|
|
have no meaning at run-time. You don't really need to know about these
|
|
sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
|
|
meanings to @code{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
|
|
value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
|
|
section-relative address.
|
|
|
|
@table @b
|
|
@item absent
|
|
@cindex absent (internal section)
|
|
An expression was expected and none was found.
|
|
|
|
@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
|
|
@cindex assembler internal logic error
|
|
An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
|
|
bug in the assembler.
|
|
|
|
@item bignum/flonum
|
|
@cindex bignum/flonum (internal section)
|
|
If a number can't be written as a C @code{int} constant (a bignum or a
|
|
flonum, but not an integer), it is recorded as belonging to this
|
|
``section''. @code{@value{AS}} has to remember that a flonum or a bignum
|
|
does not fit into 32 bits, and cannot be an argument (@pxref{Arguments})
|
|
in an expression: this is done by making a flonum or bignum be in a
|
|
separate internal section. This is purely for internal @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
convenience; bignum/flonum section behaves similarly to absolute
|
|
section.
|
|
|
|
@item pass1 section
|
|
@cindex pass1 (internal section)
|
|
The expression was impossible to evaluate in the first pass. The
|
|
assembler will attempt a second pass (second reading of the source) to
|
|
evaluate the expression. Your expression mentioned an undefined symbol
|
|
in a way that defies the one-pass (section + offset in section) assembly
|
|
process. No compiler need emit such an expression.
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
@emph{Warning:} the second pass is currently not implemented. @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
will abort with an error message if one is required.
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
@item difference section
|
|
@cindex difference (internal section)
|
|
As an assist to the C compiler, expressions of the forms
|
|
@display
|
|
(@var{undefined symbol}) @minus{} (@var{expression})
|
|
@var{something} @minus{} (@var{undefined symbol})
|
|
(@var{undefined symbol}) @minus{} (@var{undefined symbol})
|
|
@end display
|
|
|
|
are permitted, and belong to the difference section. @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
re-evaluates such expressions after the source file has been read and
|
|
the symbol table built. If by that time there are no undefined symbols
|
|
in the expression then the expression assumes a new section. The
|
|
intention is to permit statements like
|
|
@samp{.word label - base_of_table}
|
|
to be assembled in one pass where both @code{label} and
|
|
@code{base_of_table} are undefined. This is useful for compiling C and
|
|
Algol switch statements, Pascal case statements, FORTRAN computed goto
|
|
statements and the like.
|
|
@c FIXME item debug
|
|
@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
|
|
@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
|
|
@c FIXME item register
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Sub-Sections
|
|
@section Sub-Sections
|
|
|
|
@cindex numbered subsections
|
|
@cindex grouping data
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
Assembled bytes
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
conventionally
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
fall into two sections: text and data.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
You may have separate groups of
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
data in named sections
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifclear aout-bout
|
|
data in named sections
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
text or data
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even
|
|
though they are not contiguous in the assembler source.
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} allows you to use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose.
|
|
Within each section, there can be numbered subsections with values from
|
|
0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the same subsection will be grouped
|
|
with other objects in the same subsection when they are all put into the
|
|
object file. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in
|
|
the text section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the
|
|
program being assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a
|
|
@samp{.text 0} before each section of code being output, and a
|
|
@samp{.text 1} before each group of constants being output.
|
|
|
|
Subsections are optional. If you don't use subsections, everything
|
|
will be stored in subsection number zero.
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
|
|
(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
|
|
of @code{@value{AS}}.)
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
On the H8/300 and H8/500 platforms, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
|
|
boundary (two bytes).
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
The same is true on the Hitachi SH.
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
|
|
@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
|
|
@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
|
|
@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
|
|
@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
|
|
@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
On the AMD 29K family, no particular padding is added to section or
|
|
subsection sizes; @value{AS} forces no alignment on this platform.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
|
|
to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
|
|
The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
|
|
other programs that manipulate object files will see no trace of them.
|
|
They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
|
|
data subsections as a data section.
|
|
|
|
To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
|
|
into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
|
|
@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
When generating COFF output, you
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
You
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
can also use an extra subsection
|
|
argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
|
|
@var{expression}}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression.
|
|
(@xref{Expressions}.) If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
|
|
is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
|
|
begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
|
|
.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
|
|
.text 1
|
|
.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
|
|
.data 0
|
|
.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
|
|
.ascii "in the first data subsection."
|
|
.text 0
|
|
.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
|
|
.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every
|
|
byte assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a
|
|
convenience restricted to @code{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection
|
|
location counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location
|
|
counter---but the @code{.align} directive will change it, and any label
|
|
definition will capture its current value. The location counter of the
|
|
section that statements are being assembled into is said to be the
|
|
@dfn{active} location counter.
|
|
|
|
@node bss
|
|
@section bss Section
|
|
|
|
@cindex bss section
|
|
@cindex common variable storage
|
|
The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
|
|
You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
|
|
not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
|
|
your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
|
|
section are zeroed bytes.
|
|
|
|
Addresses in the bss section are allocated with special directives; you
|
|
may not assemble anything directly into the bss section. Hence there
|
|
are no bss subsections. @xref{Comm,,@code{.comm}},
|
|
@pxref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
|
|
|
|
@node Symbols
|
|
@chapter Symbols
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbols
|
|
Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
|
|
things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
|
|
to debug.
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
|
|
@emph{Warning:} @code{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
|
|
the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Labels:: Labels
|
|
* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
|
|
* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
|
|
* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
|
|
* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Labels
|
|
@section Labels
|
|
|
|
@cindex labels
|
|
A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
|
|
@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
|
|
active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
|
|
operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
|
|
different locations: the first definition overrides any other
|
|
definitions.
|
|
|
|
@node Setting Symbols
|
|
@section Giving Symbols Other Values
|
|
|
|
@cindex assigning values to symbols
|
|
@cindex symbol values, assigning
|
|
A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
|
|
by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
|
|
(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
|
|
directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Names
|
|
@section Symbol Names
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol names
|
|
@cindex names, symbol
|
|
@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
|
|
Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
|
|
machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
|
|
noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
|
|
string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted in
|
|
@ref{Machine Dependencies}), and underscores.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
For the AMD 29K family, @samp{?} is also allowed in the
|
|
body of a symbol name, though not at its beginning.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
Hitachi SH or the
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
H8/500, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That character may
|
|
be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save on the
|
|
H8/300), and underscores.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
|
|
than @code{Foo}.
|
|
|
|
Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language
|
|
program refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any
|
|
number of times in a program.
|
|
|
|
@subheading Local Symbol Names
|
|
|
|
@cindex local symbol names
|
|
@cindex symbol names, local
|
|
@cindex temporary symbol names
|
|
@cindex symbol names, temporary
|
|
Local symbols help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
|
|
There are ten local symbol names, which are re-used throughout the
|
|
program. You may refer to them using the names @samp{0} @samp{1}
|
|
@dots{} @samp{9}. To define a local symbol, write a label of the form
|
|
@samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any digit). To refer to the most
|
|
recent previous definition of that symbol write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the
|
|
same digit as when you defined the label. To refer to the next
|
|
definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}---where @b{N} gives you
|
|
a choice of 10 forward references. The @samp{b} stands for
|
|
``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
|
|
|
|
Local symbols are not emitted by the current GNU C compiler.
|
|
|
|
There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, but
|
|
remember that at any point in the assembly you can refer to at most
|
|
10 prior local labels and to at most 10 forward local labels.
|
|
|
|
Local symbol names are only a notation device. They are immediately
|
|
transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler
|
|
uses them. The symbol names stored in the symbol table, appearing in
|
|
error messages and optionally emitted to the object file have these
|
|
parts:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item L
|
|
All local labels begin with @samp{L}. Normally both @code{@value{AS}} and
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} forget symbols that start with @samp{L}. These labels are
|
|
used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you give the
|
|
@samp{-L} option then @code{@value{AS}} will retain these symbols in the
|
|
object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
|
|
you may use them in debugging.
|
|
|
|
@item @var{digit}
|
|
If the label is written @samp{0:} then the digit is @samp{0}.
|
|
If the label is written @samp{1:} then the digit is @samp{1}.
|
|
And so on up through @samp{9:}.
|
|
|
|
@item @ctrl{A}
|
|
This unusual character is included so you don't accidentally invent
|
|
a symbol of the same name. The character has ASCII value
|
|
@samp{\001}.
|
|
|
|
@item @emph{ordinal number}
|
|
This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first
|
|
@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}; The 15th @samp{0:} gets the
|
|
number @samp{15}; @emph{etc.}. Likewise for the other labels @samp{1:}
|
|
through @samp{9:}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For instance, the first @code{1:} is named @code{L1@ctrl{A}1}, the 44th
|
|
@code{3:} is named @code{L3@ctrl{A}44}.
|
|
|
|
@node Dot
|
|
@section The Special Dot Symbol
|
|
|
|
@cindex dot (symbol)
|
|
@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
|
|
@cindex current address
|
|
@cindex location counter
|
|
The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
|
|
.long .} will cause @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
|
|
Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
|
|
directive. Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
|
|
@ifclear no-space-dir
|
|
@samp{.space 4}.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset no-space-dir
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
@samp{.block 4}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Attributes
|
|
@section Symbol Attributes
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol attributes
|
|
@cindex attributes, symbol
|
|
Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
|
|
``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
|
|
attributes.
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
|
The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
If you use a symbol without defining it, @code{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
|
|
all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
|
|
symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
|
|
would want.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Symbol Value:: Value
|
|
* Symbol Type:: Type
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifclear BOUT
|
|
* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Value
|
|
@subsection Value
|
|
|
|
@cindex value of a symbol
|
|
@cindex symbol value
|
|
The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
|
|
location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
|
|
number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
|
|
Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
|
|
as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
|
|
symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
|
|
called absolute.
|
|
|
|
The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
|
|
0 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source program, and
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} will try to determine its value from other programs it is
|
|
linked with. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
|
|
name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
|
|
common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
|
|
bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
|
|
allocated storage.
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Type
|
|
@subsection Type
|
|
|
|
@cindex type of a symbol
|
|
@cindex symbol type
|
|
The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
|
|
information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
|
|
(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
|
|
format depends on the object-code output format in use.
|
|
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
|
|
@c better if it were available outside examples.
|
|
@need 1000
|
|
@node a.out Symbols
|
|
@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
|
|
@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
|
|
These symbol attributes appear only when @code{@value{AS}} is configured for
|
|
one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
|
|
@code{b.out}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear BOUT
|
|
@node a.out Symbols
|
|
@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
|
|
@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@node a.out Symbols
|
|
@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
|
|
@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
|
|
* Symbol Other:: Other
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Desc
|
|
@subsubsection Descriptor
|
|
|
|
@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
|
|
This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
|
|
descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
|
|
(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
|
|
@code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Other
|
|
@subsubsection Other
|
|
|
|
@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
|
|
This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@node COFF Symbols
|
|
@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
|
|
|
|
@cindex COFF symbol attributes
|
|
@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
|
|
|
|
The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
|
|
like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
|
|
@code{.endef} directives.
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Primary Attributes
|
|
|
|
@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
|
|
The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
|
|
respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
|
|
|
|
@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
|
|
The @code{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
|
|
@code{.size}, and @code{.tag} can generate auxiliary symbol table
|
|
information for COFF.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node Expressions
|
|
@chapter Expressions
|
|
|
|
@cindex expressions
|
|
@cindex addresses
|
|
@cindex numeric values
|
|
An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
|
|
Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
|
|
* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Empty Exprs
|
|
@section Empty Expressions
|
|
|
|
@cindex empty expressions
|
|
@cindex expressions, empty
|
|
An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
|
|
Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
|
|
expression and @code{@value{AS}} will assume a value of (absolute) 0. This
|
|
is compatible with other assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@node Integer Exprs
|
|
@section Integer Expressions
|
|
|
|
@cindex integer expressions
|
|
@cindex expressions, integer
|
|
An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
|
|
by @emph{operators}.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Arguments:: Arguments
|
|
* Operators:: Operators
|
|
* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
|
|
* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Arguments
|
|
@subsection Arguments
|
|
|
|
@cindex expression arguments
|
|
@cindex arguments in expressions
|
|
@cindex operands in expressions
|
|
@cindex arithmetic operands
|
|
@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
|
|
contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
|
|
this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
|
|
the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
|
|
expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
|
|
instruction operands.
|
|
|
|
Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
|
|
@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
|
|
or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
|
|
integer.
|
|
|
|
Numbers are usually integers.
|
|
|
|
A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
|
|
that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @code{@value{AS}} pretends
|
|
these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
|
|
instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
|
|
assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@cindex subexpressions
|
|
Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
|
|
expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
|
|
operator followed by an argument.
|
|
|
|
@node Operators
|
|
@subsection Operators
|
|
|
|
@cindex operators, in expressions
|
|
@cindex arithmetic functions
|
|
@cindex functions, in expressions
|
|
@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
|
|
operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
|
|
between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
|
|
whitespace.
|
|
|
|
@node Prefix Ops
|
|
@subsection Prefix Operator
|
|
|
|
@cindex prefix operators
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
|
|
one argument, which must be absolute.
|
|
|
|
@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
|
|
@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
|
|
@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
|
|
@tex
|
|
\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
|
|
@end tex
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item -
|
|
@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
|
|
@item ~
|
|
@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@tex
|
|
\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
|
|
@end tex
|
|
|
|
@node Infix Ops
|
|
@subsection Infix Operators
|
|
|
|
@cindex infix operators
|
|
@cindex operators, permitted arguments
|
|
@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
|
|
have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
|
|
to right. Apart from @code{+} or @code{-}, both arguments must be
|
|
absolute, and the result is absolute.
|
|
|
|
@enumerate
|
|
@cindex operator precedence
|
|
@cindex precedence of operators
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Highest Precedence
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item *
|
|
@dfn{Multiplication}.
|
|
|
|
@item /
|
|
@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
|
|
|
|
@item %
|
|
@dfn{Remainder}.
|
|
|
|
@item <
|
|
@itemx <<
|
|
@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
|
|
|
|
@item >
|
|
@itemx >>
|
|
@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Intermediate precedence
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item |
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
|
|
|
|
@item &
|
|
@dfn{Bitwise And}.
|
|
|
|
@item ^
|
|
@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
|
|
|
|
@item !
|
|
@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Lowest Precedence
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item +
|
|
@cindex addition, permitted arguments
|
|
@cindex plus, permitted arguments
|
|
@cindex arguments for addition
|
|
@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result
|
|
has the section of the other argument.
|
|
If either argument is pass1 or undefined, the result is pass1.
|
|
Otherwise @code{+} is illegal.
|
|
|
|
@item -
|
|
@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
|
|
@cindex minus, permitted arguments
|
|
@cindex arguments for subtraction
|
|
@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
|
|
result has the section of the left argument.
|
|
If either argument is pass1 the result is pass1.
|
|
If either argument is undefined the result is difference section.
|
|
If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute---provided
|
|
that section is one of text, data or bss.
|
|
Otherwise subtraction is illegal.
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end enumerate
|
|
|
|
The sense of the rule for addition is that it's only meaningful to add
|
|
the @emph{offsets} in an address; you can only have a defined section in
|
|
one of the two arguments.
|
|
|
|
Similarly, you can't subtract quantities from two different sections.
|
|
|
|
@node Pseudo Ops
|
|
@chapter Assembler Directives
|
|
|
|
@cindex directives, machine independent
|
|
@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
|
|
@cindex machine independent directives
|
|
All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
|
|
The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
|
|
|
|
This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
|
|
target machine configuration for the GNU assembler.
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
|
|
@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset machine-directives
|
|
@xref{Machine Dependencies} for additional directives.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Abort:: @code{.abort}
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
* ABORT:: @code{.ABORT}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
|
|
* App-File:: @code{.app-file @var{string}}
|
|
* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
|
|
* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
|
|
* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
|
|
* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
|
|
* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
* Dim:: @code{.dim}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
|
|
* Eject:: @code{.eject}
|
|
* Else:: @code{.else}
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
* Endef:: @code{.endef}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
* Endif:: @code{.endif}
|
|
* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
* Extern:: @code{.extern}
|
|
@ifclear no-file-dir
|
|
* File:: @code{.file @var{string}}
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
|
|
* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
|
|
* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
|
|
* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
|
|
* Ident:: @code{.ident}
|
|
* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
|
|
* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
|
|
* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
|
|
* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
|
|
* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
|
|
@ifclear no-line-dir
|
|
* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
|
|
* List:: @code{.list}
|
|
* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
|
|
@ignore
|
|
* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
|
|
* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
|
|
* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
|
|
* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
|
|
* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
|
|
* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}, @var{subsection}}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
|
|
* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
* Size:: @code{.size}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
|
|
@ifset have-stabs
|
|
* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
|
|
* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
* Type:: @code{.type @var{int}}
|
|
* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
|
|
* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Abort
|
|
@section @code{.abort}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{abort} directive
|
|
@cindex stopping the assembly
|
|
This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
|
|
compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
|
|
assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
|
|
of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @code{@value{AS}} to
|
|
quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@node ABORT
|
|
@section @code{.ABORT}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
|
|
When producing COFF output, @code{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
|
|
synonym for @samp{.abort}.
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
When producing @code{b.out} output, @code{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
|
|
but ignores it.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node Align
|
|
@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex padding the location counter
|
|
@cindex @code{align} directive
|
|
Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
|
|
storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
|
|
number of low-order zero bits the location counter will have after
|
|
advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} will advance the location
|
|
counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
|
|
multiple of 8, no change is needed.
|
|
|
|
The second expression (also absolute) gives the value to be stored in
|
|
the padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is
|
|
omitted, the padding bytes are zero.
|
|
|
|
@node App-File
|
|
@section @code{.app-file @var{string}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex logical file name
|
|
@cindex file name, logical
|
|
@cindex @code{app-file} directive
|
|
@code{.app-file}
|
|
@ifclear no-file-dir
|
|
(which may also be spelled @samp{.file})
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
tells @code{@value{AS}} that we are about to start a new
|
|
logical file. @var{string} is the new file name. In general, the
|
|
filename is recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"};
|
|
but if you wish to specify an empty file name is permitted,
|
|
you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This statement may go away in
|
|
future: it is only recognized to be compatible with old @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
programs.@refill
|
|
|
|
@node Ascii
|
|
@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ascii} directive
|
|
@cindex string literals
|
|
@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
|
|
separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
|
|
trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
|
|
|
|
@node Asciz
|
|
@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{asciz} directive
|
|
@cindex zero-terminated strings
|
|
@cindex null-terminated strings
|
|
@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
|
|
a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
|
|
|
|
@node Byte
|
|
@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{byte} directive
|
|
@cindex integers, one byte
|
|
@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
|
|
Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
|
|
|
|
@node Comm
|
|
@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{comm} directive
|
|
@cindex symbol, common
|
|
@code{.comm} declares a named common area in the bss section. Normally
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} reserves memory addresses for it during linking, so no partial
|
|
program defines the location of the symbol. Use @code{.comm} to tell
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} that it must be at least @var{length} bytes long. @code{@value{LD}}
|
|
will allocate space for each @code{.comm} symbol that is at least as
|
|
long as the longest @code{.comm} request in any of the partial programs
|
|
linked. @var{length} is an absolute expression.
|
|
|
|
@node Data
|
|
@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{data} directive
|
|
@code{.data} tells @code{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
|
|
end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
|
|
absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
|
|
to zero.
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@node Def
|
|
@section @code{.def @var{name}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{def} directive
|
|
@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
|
|
@cindex debugging COFF symbols
|
|
Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
|
|
definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
This directive is only observed when @code{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
|
|
format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
|
|
but ignored.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
@node Desc
|
|
@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{desc} directive
|
|
@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
|
|
@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
|
|
This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
|
|
to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @code{@value{AS}} is
|
|
configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
|
|
object format. For the sake of compatibility, @code{@value{AS}} will accept
|
|
it, but produce no output, when configured for COFF.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@node Dim
|
|
@section @code{.dim}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{dim} directive
|
|
@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
|
|
@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
|
|
This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
|
|
information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
|
|
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
|
|
ignores it.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node Double
|
|
@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{double} directive
|
|
@cindex floating point numbers (double)
|
|
@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
|
|
assembles floating point numbers.
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset IEEEFLOAT
|
|
On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
|
|
in @sc{ieee} format.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@node Eject
|
|
@section @code{.eject}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{eject} directive
|
|
@cindex new page, in listings
|
|
@cindex page, in listings
|
|
@cindex listing control: new page
|
|
Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
|
|
|
|
@node Else
|
|
@section @code{.else}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{else} directive
|
|
@code{.else} is part of the @code{@value{AS}} support for conditional
|
|
assembly; @pxref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
|
|
of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
|
|
was false.
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@node End, Endef, Else, Pseudo Ops
|
|
@section @code{.end}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{end} directive
|
|
This doesn't do anything---but isn't an s_ignore, so I suspect it's
|
|
meant to do something eventually (which is why it isn't documented here
|
|
as "for compatibility with blah").
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@node Endef
|
|
@section @code{.endef}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{endef} directive
|
|
This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
|
|
@code{.def}.
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
|
|
directive but ignores it.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node Endif
|
|
@section @code{.endif}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{endif} directive
|
|
@code{.endif} is part of the @code{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
|
|
it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
|
|
conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
|
|
|
|
@node Equ
|
|
@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{equ} directive
|
|
@cindex assigning values to symbols
|
|
@cindex symbols, assigning values to
|
|
This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
|
|
It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; @pxref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
|
|
|
|
@node Extern
|
|
@section @code{.extern}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{extern} directive
|
|
@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
|
|
with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @code{@value{AS}} treats
|
|
all undefined symbols as external.
|
|
|
|
@ifclear no-file-dir
|
|
@node File
|
|
@section @code{.file @var{string}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{file} directive
|
|
@cindex logical file name
|
|
@cindex file name, logical
|
|
@code{.file} (which may also be spelled @samp{.app-file}) tells
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} that we are about to start a new logical file.
|
|
@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
|
|
recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if
|
|
you wish to specify an empty file name, you must give the
|
|
quotes--@code{""}. This statement may go away in future: it is only
|
|
recognized to be compatible with old @code{@value{AS}} programs.
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
In some configurations of @code{@value{AS}}, @code{.file} has already been
|
|
removed to avoid conflicts with other assemblers. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@node Fill
|
|
@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{fill} directive
|
|
@cindex writing patterns in memory
|
|
@cindex patterns, writing in memory
|
|
@var{result}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
|
|
This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
|
|
may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
|
|
more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
|
|
other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
|
|
is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
|
|
zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
|
|
byte-order of an integer on the computer @code{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
|
|
Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
|
|
@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
|
|
compatible with other people's assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
|
|
If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
|
|
assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
|
|
@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
|
|
|
|
@node Float
|
|
@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex floating point numbers (single)
|
|
@cindex @code{float} directive
|
|
This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
|
|
has the same effect as @code{.single}.
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} is configured.
|
|
@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset IEEEFLOAT
|
|
On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
|
|
in @sc{ieee} format.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@node Global
|
|
@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{global} directive
|
|
@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
|
|
@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
|
|
@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
|
|
other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
|
|
@var{symbol} will take its attributes from a symbol of the same name
|
|
from another partial program it is linked with.
|
|
|
|
Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
|
|
compatibility with other assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@node hword
|
|
@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{hword} directive
|
|
@cindex integers, 16-bit
|
|
@cindex numbers, 16-bit
|
|
@cindex sixteen bit integers
|
|
This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
|
|
a 16 bit number for each.
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
|
|
architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset W32
|
|
This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset W16
|
|
This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@node Ident
|
|
@section @code{.ident}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ident} directive
|
|
This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files.
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for source-file
|
|
compatibility with such assemblers, but does not actually emit anything
|
|
for it.
|
|
|
|
@node If
|
|
@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex conditional assembly
|
|
@cindex @code{if} directive
|
|
@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
|
|
considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
|
|
(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
|
|
the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
|
|
(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
|
|
alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}.
|
|
|
|
The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
|
|
@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
|
|
Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
|
|
has been defined.
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@item .ifeqs
|
|
@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
|
|
Not yet implemented.
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
|
|
@itemx ifnotdef @var{symbol}
|
|
@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
|
|
@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
|
|
Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
|
|
has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent.
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@item ifnes
|
|
Not yet implemented.
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Include
|
|
@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{include} directive
|
|
@cindex supporting files, including
|
|
@cindex files, including
|
|
This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
|
|
points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
|
|
if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
|
|
included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
|
|
can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
|
|
(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
|
|
around @var{file}.
|
|
|
|
@node Int
|
|
@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{int} directive
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@cindex integers, 32-bit
|
|
Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by
|
|
commas. For each expression, emit a 32-bit
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifclear H8
|
|
@cindex integers, 32-bit
|
|
Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by
|
|
commas. For each expression, emit a 32-bit
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
@cindex integers
|
|
Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by
|
|
commas. For each expression, emit a
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
number that will, at run time, be the value of that expression. The
|
|
byte order of the expression depends on what kind of computer will run
|
|
the program.
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
On the H8/300 and H8/500, @code{.int} emits 16-bit integers.
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
On the Hitachi SH, however, @code{.int} emits 32-bit integers.
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@node Lcomm
|
|
@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
|
|
@cindex local common symbols
|
|
@cindex symbols, local common
|
|
Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
|
|
denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
|
|
those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
|
|
section, so at run-time the bytes will start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
|
|
is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
|
|
not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
|
|
|
|
@node Lflags
|
|
@section @code{.lflags}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
|
|
assemblers, but ignores it.
|
|
|
|
@ifclear no-line-dir
|
|
@node Line
|
|
@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{line} directive
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset no-line-dir
|
|
@node Ln
|
|
@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ln} directive
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@cindex logical line number
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
Tell @code{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be
|
|
an absolute expression. The next line will have that logical line
|
|
number. So any other statements on the current line (after a statement
|
|
separator character)
|
|
will be reported as on logical line number
|
|
@var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
|
|
One day this directive will be unsupported: it is used only
|
|
for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
@emph{Warning:} In the AMD29K configuration of @value{AS}, this command is
|
|
only available with the name @code{.ln}, rather than as either
|
|
@code{.line} or @code{.ln}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear no-line-dir
|
|
Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
|
|
@code{b.out} object-code formats, @code{@value{AS}} will still recognize it
|
|
when producing COFF output, and will treat @samp{.line} as though it
|
|
were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
|
|
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
|
|
|
|
Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
|
|
used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
|
|
debugging.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@node Ln
|
|
@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ln} directive
|
|
@ifclear no-line-dir
|
|
@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset no-line-dir
|
|
Tell @code{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
|
|
must be an absolute expression. The next line will have that logical
|
|
line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
|
|
statement separator character @code{;}) will be reported as on logical
|
|
line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @code{@value{AS}} is
|
|
configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
|
|
output format.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node List
|
|
@section @code{.list}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{list} directive
|
|
@cindex listing control, turning on
|
|
Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
|
|
not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
|
|
internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
|
|
counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
|
|
generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
|
|
|
|
By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
|
|
@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
|
|
the initial value of the listing counter is one.
|
|
|
|
@node Long
|
|
@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{long} directive
|
|
@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}, @pxref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
|
|
@c what it really ought to do
|
|
@node Lsym
|
|
@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{lsym} directive
|
|
@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
|
|
@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
|
|
the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
|
|
rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
|
|
the same as the expression value:
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
|
|
@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
|
|
@var{value} = @var{expression}
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
@noindent
|
|
The new symbol is not flagged as external.
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@node Nolist
|
|
@section @code{.nolist}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{nolist} directive
|
|
@cindex listing control, turning off
|
|
Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
|
|
not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
|
|
internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
|
|
counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
|
|
generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
|
|
|
|
@node Octa
|
|
@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
|
|
|
|
@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
|
|
@cindex @code{octa} directive
|
|
@cindex integer, 16-byte
|
|
@cindex sixteen byte integer
|
|
This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
|
|
bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
|
|
|
|
The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
|
|
hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
|
|
|
|
@node Org
|
|
@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{org} directive
|
|
@cindex location counter, advancing
|
|
@cindex advancing location counter
|
|
@cindex current address, advancing
|
|
@code{.org} will advance the location counter of the current section to
|
|
@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
|
|
expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
|
|
you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
|
|
wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
|
|
with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} will issue a warning, then pretend the section of @var{new-lc}
|
|
is the same as the current subsection.
|
|
|
|
@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
|
|
unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
|
|
backwards.
|
|
|
|
@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
|
|
@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
|
|
@c section. pesch@cygnus.com 18feb91
|
|
Because @code{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass @var{new-lc}
|
|
may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
|
|
a chance to share your improved assembler.
|
|
|
|
Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
|
|
to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
|
|
people's assemblers.
|
|
|
|
When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
|
|
intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
|
|
absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
|
|
@var{fill} defaults to zero.
|
|
|
|
@node Psize
|
|
@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{psize} directive
|
|
@cindex listing control: paper size
|
|
@cindex paper size, for listings
|
|
Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
|
|
number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
|
|
|
|
If you don't use @code{.psize}, listings will use a default line-count
|
|
of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
|
|
default width is 200 columns.
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} will generate formfeeds whenever the specified number of
|
|
lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
|
|
@code{.eject}).
|
|
|
|
If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
|
|
those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
|
|
|
|
@node Quad
|
|
@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{quad} directive
|
|
@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
|
|
each bignum, it emits
|
|
@ifclear bignum-16
|
|
an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
|
|
warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
|
|
@cindex eight-byte integer
|
|
@cindex integer, 8-byte
|
|
|
|
The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
|
|
hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset bignum-16
|
|
a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
|
|
warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
|
|
@cindex sixteen-byte integer
|
|
@cindex integer, 16-byte
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node Sbttl
|
|
@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
|
|
@cindex subtitles for listings
|
|
@cindex listing control: subtitle
|
|
Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
|
|
title line) when generating assembly listings.
|
|
|
|
This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
|
|
it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@node Scl
|
|
@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{scl} directive
|
|
@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
|
|
@cindex COFF symbol storage class
|
|
Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
|
|
used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
|
|
whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
|
|
symbolic debugging information.
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
|
|
configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @code{@value{AS}} will
|
|
accept this directive but ignore it.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@node Section
|
|
@section @code{.section @var{name}, @var{subsection}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{section} directive
|
|
@cindex named section (COFF)
|
|
@cindex COFF named section
|
|
Assemble the following code into end of subsection numbered
|
|
@var{subsection} in the COFF named section @var{name}. If you omit
|
|
@var{subsection}, @code{@value{AS}} uses subsection number zero.
|
|
@samp{.section .text} is equivalent to the @code{.text} directive;
|
|
@samp{.section .data} is equivalent to the @code{.data} directive.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node Set
|
|
@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{set} directive
|
|
@cindex symbol value, setting
|
|
This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
|
|
will change @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
|
|
@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
|
|
flagged. (@xref{Symbol Attributes}.)
|
|
|
|
You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
|
|
If the expression's section is unknowable during pass 1, a second
|
|
pass over the source program will be forced. The second pass is
|
|
currently not implemented. @code{@value{AS}} will abort with an error
|
|
message if one is required.
|
|
|
|
If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
|
|
file is the last value stored into it.
|
|
|
|
@node Short
|
|
@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{short} directive
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
|
|
@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
|
|
|
|
In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
|
|
numbers of different lengths; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset W16
|
|
@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset W32
|
|
This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
|
|
a 16 bit number for each.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@node Single
|
|
@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{single} directive
|
|
@cindex floating point numbers (single)
|
|
This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
|
|
has the same effect as @code{.float}.
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset IEEEFLOAT
|
|
On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
|
|
numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@node Size
|
|
@section @code{.size}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{size} directive
|
|
This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
|
|
information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
|
|
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
|
|
ignores it.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear no-space-dir
|
|
@node Space
|
|
@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{space} directive
|
|
@cindex filling memory
|
|
This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
|
|
@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
|
|
and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero.
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@node Space
|
|
@section @code{.space}
|
|
@cindex @code{space} directive
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
On the AMD 29K, this directive is ignored; it is accepted for
|
|
compatibility with other AMD 29K assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
@emph{Warning:} In most versions of the GNU assembler, the directive
|
|
@code{.space} has the effect of @code{.block} @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset have-stabs
|
|
@node Stab
|
|
@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
|
|
@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
|
|
There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
|
|
All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
|
|
The symbols are not entered in the @code{@value{AS}} hash table: they
|
|
cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
|
|
Up to five fields are required:
|
|
|
|
@table @var
|
|
@item string
|
|
This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
|
|
@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
|
|
debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
|
|
using this field.
|
|
|
|
@item type
|
|
An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
|
|
this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
|
|
and debuggers will choke on silly bit patterns.
|
|
|
|
@item other
|
|
An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
|
|
low 8 bits of this expression.
|
|
|
|
@item desc
|
|
An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
|
|
bits of this expression.
|
|
|
|
@item value
|
|
An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
|
|
or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created
|
|
and you will get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
|
|
compatible with earlier assemblers!
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@cindex @code{stabd} directive
|
|
@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
|
|
|
|
The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
|
|
It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
|
|
null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
|
|
strings.
|
|
|
|
The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
|
|
relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
|
|
will be where the location counter was when the @code{.stabd} was
|
|
assembled.
|
|
|
|
@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
|
|
@cindex @code{stabn} directive
|
|
The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
|
|
|
|
@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
|
|
@cindex @code{stabs} directive
|
|
All five fields are specified.
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@c end have-stabs
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@node Tag
|
|
@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex COFF structure debugging
|
|
@cindex structure debugging, COFF
|
|
@cindex @code{tag} directive
|
|
This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
|
|
information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
|
|
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
|
|
definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
|
|
ignores it.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node Text
|
|
@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{text} directive
|
|
Tells @code{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
|
|
the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
|
|
expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
|
|
is used.
|
|
|
|
@node Title
|
|
@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{title} directive
|
|
@cindex listing control: title line
|
|
Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
|
|
source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
|
|
|
|
This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
|
|
it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@node Type
|
|
@section @code{.type @var{int}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex COFF symbol type
|
|
@cindex symbol type, COFF
|
|
@cindex @code{type} directive
|
|
This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
|
|
records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table entry.
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
|
|
directive but ignores it.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
@node Val
|
|
@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{val} directive
|
|
@cindex COFF value attribute
|
|
@cindex value attribute, COFF
|
|
This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
|
|
records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
|
|
entry.
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @code{@value{AS}} is
|
|
configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node Word
|
|
@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{word} directive
|
|
This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
|
|
separated by commas.
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@ifset W32
|
|
For each expression, @code{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset W16
|
|
For each expression, @code{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
|
|
depends on what kind of computer will run the program.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
|
|
@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
|
|
@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
@cindex difference tables altered
|
|
@cindex altered difference tables
|
|
@quotation
|
|
@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
|
|
addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
|
|
interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
|
|
@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
In order to assemble compiler output into something that will work,
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} will occasionlly do strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
|
|
Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
|
|
compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @code{@value{AS}} assembles a
|
|
directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
|
|
@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @code{@value{AS}} will
|
|
create a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
|
|
This secondary jump table will be preceded by a short-jump to the
|
|
first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
|
|
of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
|
|
table will be a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
|
|
will contain @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
|
|
@code{sym2}.
|
|
|
|
If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
|
|
secondary jump table, all of them will be adjusted. If there was a
|
|
@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
|
|
long-jump to @code{sym4} will be included in the secondary jump table,
|
|
and the @code{.word} directives will be adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
|
|
minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
|
|
entries in the original jump table as necessary.
|
|
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
|
@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @code{@value{AS}} with the
|
|
@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
|
|
assembly language programmers.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
|
|
@node Deprecated
|
|
@section Deprecated Directives
|
|
|
|
@cindex deprecated directives
|
|
@cindex obsolescent directives
|
|
One day these directives won't work.
|
|
They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
|
|
@table @t
|
|
@item .abort
|
|
@item .app-file
|
|
@item .line
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@node Machine Dependencies
|
|
@chapter Machine Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@cindex machine dependencies
|
|
The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
|
|
each machine where @code{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
|
|
vary as well, and @code{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
|
|
directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
|
|
assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
|
|
optimization.
|
|
|
|
This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
|
|
include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
|
|
subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
@ifset VAX
|
|
* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
* AMD29K-Dependent:: AMD 29K Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset H8/300
|
|
* H8/300-Dependent:: Hitachi H8/300 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset H8/500
|
|
* H8/500-Dependent:: Hitachi H8/500 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@ifset SH
|
|
* SH-Dependent:: Hitachi SH Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset M680X0
|
|
* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset SPARC
|
|
* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset Z8000
|
|
* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset I80386
|
|
* i386-Dependent:: 80386 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@down
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
|
|
@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @down. There is a
|
|
@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
|
|
@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
|
|
@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
|
|
@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
|
|
@c in both conditional blocks.
|
|
@c
|
|
@ifset VAX
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@node Vax-Dependent
|
|
@chapter VAX Dependent Features
|
|
@cindex VAX support
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@node Machine Dependencies
|
|
@chapter VAX Dependent Features
|
|
@cindex VAX support
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Vax-Opts:: VAX Command-Line Options
|
|
* VAX-float:: VAX Floating Point
|
|
* VAX-directives:: Vax Machine Directives
|
|
* VAX-opcodes:: VAX Opcodes
|
|
* VAX-branch:: VAX Branch Improvement
|
|
* VAX-operands:: VAX Operands
|
|
* VAX-no:: Not Supported on VAX
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Vax-Opts
|
|
@section VAX Command-Line Options
|
|
|
|
@cindex command-line options ignored, VAX
|
|
@cindex VAX command-line options ignored
|
|
The Vax version of @code{@value{AS}} accepts any of the following options,
|
|
gives a warning message that the option was ignored and proceeds.
|
|
These options are for compatibility with scripts designed for other
|
|
people's assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
@item @kbd{-D} (Debug)
|
|
@itemx @kbd{-S} (Symbol Table)
|
|
@itemx @kbd{-T} (Token Trace)
|
|
@cindex @code{-D}, ignored on VAX
|
|
@cindex @code{-S}, ignored on VAX
|
|
@cindex @code{-T}, ignored on VAX
|
|
These are obsolete options used to debug old assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@item @kbd{-d} (Displacement size for JUMPs)
|
|
@cindex @code{-d}, VAX option
|
|
This option expects a number following the @kbd{-d}. Like options
|
|
that expect filenames, the number may immediately follow the
|
|
@kbd{-d} (old standard) or constitute the whole of the command line
|
|
argument that follows @kbd{-d} (GNU standard).
|
|
|
|
@item @kbd{-V} (Virtualize Interpass Temporary File)
|
|
@cindex @code{-V}, redundant on VAX
|
|
Some other assemblers use a temporary file. This option
|
|
commanded them to keep the information in active memory rather
|
|
than in a disk file. @code{@value{AS}} always does this, so this
|
|
option is redundant.
|
|
|
|
@item @kbd{-J} (JUMPify Longer Branches)
|
|
@cindex @code{-J}, ignored on VAX
|
|
Many 32-bit computers permit a variety of branch instructions
|
|
to do the same job. Some of these instructions are short (and
|
|
fast) but have a limited range; others are long (and slow) but
|
|
can branch anywhere in virtual memory. Often there are 3
|
|
flavors of branch: short, medium and long. Some other
|
|
assemblers would emit short and medium branches, unless told by
|
|
this option to emit short and long branches.
|
|
|
|
@item @kbd{-t} (Temporary File Directory)
|
|
@cindex @code{-t}, ignored on VAX
|
|
Some other assemblers may use a temporary file, and this option
|
|
takes a filename being the directory to site the temporary
|
|
file. Since @code{@value{AS}} does not use a temporary disk file, this
|
|
option makes no difference. @kbd{-t} needs exactly one
|
|
filename.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@cindex VMS (VAX) options
|
|
@cindex options for VAX/VMS
|
|
@cindex VAX/VMS options
|
|
@cindex @code{-h} option, VAX/VMS
|
|
@cindex @code{-+} option, VAX/VMS
|
|
@cindex Vax-11 C compatibility
|
|
@cindex symbols with lowercase, VAX/VMS
|
|
@c FIXME! look into "I think" below, correct if needed, delete.
|
|
The Vax version of the assembler accepts two options when
|
|
compiled for VMS. They are @kbd{-h}, and @kbd{-+}. The
|
|
@kbd{-h} option prevents @code{@value{AS}} from modifying the
|
|
symbol-table entries for symbols that contain lowercase
|
|
characters (I think). The @kbd{-+} option causes @code{@value{AS}} to
|
|
print warning messages if the FILENAME part of the object file,
|
|
or any symbol name is larger than 31 characters. The @kbd{-+}
|
|
option also insertes some code following the @samp{_main}
|
|
symbol so that the object file will be compatible with Vax-11
|
|
"C".
|
|
|
|
@node VAX-float
|
|
@section VAX Floating Point
|
|
|
|
@cindex VAX floating point
|
|
@cindex floating point, VAX
|
|
Conversion of flonums to floating point is correct, and
|
|
compatible with previous assemblers. Rounding is
|
|
towards zero if the remainder is exactly half the least significant bit.
|
|
|
|
@code{D}, @code{F}, @code{G} and @code{H} floating point formats
|
|
are understood.
|
|
|
|
Immediate floating literals (@emph{e.g.} @samp{S`$6.9})
|
|
are rendered correctly. Again, rounding is towards zero in the
|
|
boundary case.
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{float} directive, VAX
|
|
@cindex @code{double} directive, VAX
|
|
The @code{.float} directive produces @code{f} format numbers.
|
|
The @code{.double} directive produces @code{d} format numbers.
|
|
|
|
@node VAX-directives
|
|
@section Vax Machine Directives
|
|
|
|
@cindex machine directives, VAX
|
|
@cindex VAX machine directives
|
|
The Vax version of the assembler supports four directives for
|
|
generating Vax floating point constants. They are described in the
|
|
table below.
|
|
|
|
@cindex wide floating point directives, VAX
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item .dfloat
|
|
@cindex @code{dfloat} directive, VAX
|
|
This expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas, and
|
|
assembles Vax @code{d} format 64-bit floating point constants.
|
|
|
|
@item .ffloat
|
|
@cindex @code{ffloat} directive, VAX
|
|
This expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas, and
|
|
assembles Vax @code{f} format 32-bit floating point constants.
|
|
|
|
@item .gfloat
|
|
@cindex @code{gfloat} directive, VAX
|
|
This expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas, and
|
|
assembles Vax @code{g} format 64-bit floating point constants.
|
|
|
|
@item .hfloat
|
|
@cindex @code{hfloat} directive, VAX
|
|
This expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas, and
|
|
assembles Vax @code{h} format 128-bit floating point constants.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node VAX-opcodes
|
|
@section VAX Opcodes
|
|
|
|
@cindex VAX opcode mnemonics
|
|
@cindex opcode mnemonics, VAX
|
|
@cindex mnemonics for opcodes, VAX
|
|
All DEC mnemonics are supported. Beware that @code{case@dots{}}
|
|
instructions have exactly 3 operands. The dispatch table that
|
|
follows the @code{case@dots{}} instruction should be made with
|
|
@code{.word} statements. This is compatible with all unix
|
|
assemblers we know of.
|
|
|
|
@node VAX-branch
|
|
@section VAX Branch Improvement
|
|
|
|
@cindex VAX branch improvement
|
|
@cindex branch improvement, VAX
|
|
@cindex pseudo-ops for branch, VAX
|
|
Certain pseudo opcodes are permitted. They are for branch
|
|
instructions. They expand to the shortest branch instruction that
|
|
will reach the target. Generally these mnemonics are made by
|
|
substituting @samp{j} for @samp{b} at the start of a DEC mnemonic.
|
|
This feature is included both for compatibility and to help
|
|
compilers. If you don't need this feature, don't use these
|
|
opcodes. Here are the mnemonics, and the code they can expand into.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item jbsb
|
|
@samp{Jsb} is already an instruction mnemonic, so we chose @samp{jbsb}.
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
@item (byte displacement)
|
|
@kbd{bsbb @dots{}}
|
|
@item (word displacement)
|
|
@kbd{bsbw @dots{}}
|
|
@item (long displacement)
|
|
@kbd{jsb @dots{}}
|
|
@end table
|
|
@item jbr
|
|
@itemx jr
|
|
Unconditional branch.
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
@item (byte displacement)
|
|
@kbd{brb @dots{}}
|
|
@item (word displacement)
|
|
@kbd{brw @dots{}}
|
|
@item (long displacement)
|
|
@kbd{jmp @dots{}}
|
|
@end table
|
|
@item j@var{COND}
|
|
@var{COND} may be any one of the conditional branches
|
|
@code{neq}, @code{nequ}, @code{eql}, @code{eqlu}, @code{gtr},
|
|
@code{geq}, @code{lss}, @code{gtru}, @code{lequ}, @code{vc}, @code{vs},
|
|
@code{gequ}, @code{cc}, @code{lssu}, @code{cs}.
|
|
@var{COND} may also be one of the bit tests
|
|
@code{bs}, @code{bc}, @code{bss}, @code{bcs}, @code{bsc}, @code{bcc},
|
|
@code{bssi}, @code{bcci}, @code{lbs}, @code{lbc}.
|
|
@var{NOTCOND} is the opposite condition to @var{COND}.
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
@item (byte displacement)
|
|
@kbd{b@var{COND} @dots{}}
|
|
@item (word displacement)
|
|
@kbd{b@var{NOTCOND} foo ; brw @dots{} ; foo:}
|
|
@item (long displacement)
|
|
@kbd{b@var{NOTCOND} foo ; jmp @dots{} ; foo:}
|
|
@end table
|
|
@item jacb@var{X}
|
|
@var{X} may be one of @code{b d f g h l w}.
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
@item (word displacement)
|
|
@kbd{@var{OPCODE} @dots{}}
|
|
@item (long displacement)
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{OPCODE} @dots{}, foo ;
|
|
brb bar ;
|
|
foo: jmp @dots{} ;
|
|
bar:
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end table
|
|
@item jaob@var{YYY}
|
|
@var{YYY} may be one of @code{lss leq}.
|
|
@item jsob@var{ZZZ}
|
|
@var{ZZZ} may be one of @code{geq gtr}.
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
@item (byte displacement)
|
|
@kbd{@var{OPCODE} @dots{}}
|
|
@item (word displacement)
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{OPCODE} @dots{}, foo ;
|
|
brb bar ;
|
|
foo: brw @var{destination} ;
|
|
bar:
|
|
@end example
|
|
@item (long displacement)
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{OPCODE} @dots{}, foo ;
|
|
brb bar ;
|
|
foo: jmp @var{destination} ;
|
|
bar:
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end table
|
|
@item aobleq
|
|
@itemx aoblss
|
|
@itemx sobgeq
|
|
@itemx sobgtr
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
@item (byte displacement)
|
|
@kbd{@var{OPCODE} @dots{}}
|
|
@item (word displacement)
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{OPCODE} @dots{}, foo ;
|
|
brb bar ;
|
|
foo: brw @var{destination} ;
|
|
bar:
|
|
@end example
|
|
@item (long displacement)
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{OPCODE} @dots{}, foo ;
|
|
brb bar ;
|
|
foo: jmp @var{destination} ;
|
|
bar:
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node VAX-operands
|
|
@section VAX Operands
|
|
|
|
@cindex VAX operand notation
|
|
@cindex operand notation, VAX
|
|
@cindex immediate character, VAX
|
|
@cindex VAX immediate character
|
|
The immediate character is @samp{$} for Unix compatibility, not
|
|
@samp{#} as DEC writes it.
|
|
|
|
@cindex indirect character, VAX
|
|
@cindex VAX indirect character
|
|
The indirect character is @samp{*} for Unix compatibility, not
|
|
@samp{@@} as DEC writes it.
|
|
|
|
@cindex displacement sizing character, VAX
|
|
@cindex VAX displacement sizing character
|
|
The displacement sizing character is @samp{`} (an accent grave) for
|
|
Unix compatibility, not @samp{^} as DEC writes it. The letter
|
|
preceding @samp{`} may have either case. @samp{G} is not
|
|
understood, but all other letters (@code{b i l s w}) are understood.
|
|
|
|
@cindex register names, VAX
|
|
@cindex VAX register names
|
|
Register names understood are @code{r0 r1 r2 @dots{} r15 ap fp sp
|
|
pc}. Any case of letters will do.
|
|
|
|
For instance
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
tstb *w`$4(r5)
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
Any expression is permitted in an operand. Operands are comma
|
|
separated.
|
|
|
|
@c There is some bug to do with recognizing expressions
|
|
@c in operands, but I forget what it is. It is
|
|
@c a syntax clash because () is used as an address mode
|
|
@c and to encapsulate sub-expressions.
|
|
|
|
@node VAX-no
|
|
@section Not Supported on VAX
|
|
|
|
@cindex VAX bitfields not supported
|
|
@cindex bitfields, not supported on VAX
|
|
Vax bit fields can not be assembled with @code{@value{AS}}. Someone
|
|
can add the required code if they really need it.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@page
|
|
@node AMD29K-Dependent
|
|
@chapter AMD 29K Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@node Machine Dependencies
|
|
@chapter AMD 29K Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@cindex AMD 29K support
|
|
@cindex 29K support
|
|
@menu
|
|
* AMD29K Options:: Options
|
|
* AMD29K Syntax:: Syntax
|
|
* AMD29K Floating Point:: Floating Point
|
|
* AMD29K Directives:: AMD 29K Machine Directives
|
|
* AMD29K Opcodes:: Opcodes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node AMD29K Options
|
|
@section Options
|
|
@cindex AMD 29K options (none)
|
|
@cindex options for AMD29K (none)
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} has no additional command-line options for the AMD
|
|
29K family.
|
|
|
|
@node AMD29K Syntax
|
|
@section Syntax
|
|
@menu
|
|
* AMD29K-Chars:: Special Characters
|
|
* AMD29K-Regs:: Register Names
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node AMD29K-Chars
|
|
@subsection Special Characters
|
|
|
|
@cindex line comment character, AMD 29K
|
|
@cindex AMD 29K line comment character
|
|
@samp{;} is the line comment character.
|
|
|
|
@cindex line separator, AMD 29K
|
|
@cindex AMD 29K line separator
|
|
@cindex statement separator, AMD 29K
|
|
@cindex AMD 29K statement separator
|
|
@samp{@@} can be used instead of a newline to separate statements.
|
|
|
|
@cindex identifiers, AMD 29K
|
|
@cindex AMD 29K identifiers
|
|
The character @samp{?} is permitted in identifiers (but may not begin
|
|
an identifier).
|
|
|
|
@node AMD29K-Regs
|
|
@subsection Register Names
|
|
|
|
@cindex AMD 29K register names
|
|
@cindex register names, AMD 29K
|
|
General-purpose registers are represented by predefined symbols of the
|
|
form @samp{GR@var{nnn}} (for global registers) or @samp{LR@var{nnn}}
|
|
(for local registers), where @var{nnn} represents a number between
|
|
@code{0} and @code{127}, written with no leading zeros. The leading
|
|
letters may be in either upper or lower case; for example, @samp{gr13}
|
|
and @samp{LR7} are both valid register names.
|
|
|
|
You may also refer to general-purpose registers by specifying the
|
|
register number as the result of an expression (prefixed with @samp{%%}
|
|
to flag the expression as a register number):
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
%%@var{expression}
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
@noindent
|
|
---where @var{expression} must be an absolute expression evaluating to a
|
|
number between @code{0} and @code{255}. The range [0, 127] refers to
|
|
global registers, and the range [128, 255] to local registers.
|
|
|
|
@cindex special purpose registers, AMD 29K
|
|
@cindex AMD 29K special purpose registers
|
|
@cindex protected registers, AMD 29K
|
|
@cindex AMD 29K protected registers
|
|
In addition, @code{@value{AS}} understands the following protected
|
|
special-purpose register names for the AMD 29K family:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
vab chd pc0
|
|
ops chc pc1
|
|
cps rbp pc2
|
|
cfg tmc mmu
|
|
cha tmr lru
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
These unprotected special-purpose register names are also recognized:
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
ipc alu fpe
|
|
ipa bp inte
|
|
ipb fc fps
|
|
q cr exop
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@node AMD29K Floating Point
|
|
@section Floating Point
|
|
|
|
@cindex floating point, AMD 29K (@sc{ieee})
|
|
@cindex AMD 29K floating point (@sc{ieee})
|
|
The AMD 29K family uses @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers.
|
|
|
|
@node AMD29K Directives
|
|
@section AMD 29K Machine Directives
|
|
|
|
@cindex machine directives, AMD 29K
|
|
@cindex AMD 29K machine directives
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item .block @var{size} , @var{fill}
|
|
@cindex @code{block} directive, AMD 29K
|
|
This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
|
|
@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
|
|
and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero.
|
|
|
|
In other versions of the GNU assembler, this directive is called
|
|
@samp{.space}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item .cputype
|
|
@cindex @code{cputype} directive, AMD 29K
|
|
This directive is ignored; it is accepted for compatibility with other
|
|
AMD 29K assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@item .file
|
|
@cindex @code{file} directive, AMD 29K
|
|
This directive is ignored; it is accepted for compatibility with other
|
|
AMD 29K assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
@emph{Warning:} in other versions of the GNU assembler, @code{.file} is
|
|
used for the directive called @code{.app-file} in the AMD 29K support.
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
@item .line
|
|
@cindex @code{line} directive, AMD 29K
|
|
This directive is ignored; it is accepted for compatibility with other
|
|
AMD 29K assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@c since we're ignoring .lsym...
|
|
@item .reg @var{symbol}, @var{expression}
|
|
@cindex @code{reg} directive, AMD 29K
|
|
@code{.reg} has the same effect as @code{.lsym}; @pxref{Lsym,,@code{.lsym}}.
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@item .sect
|
|
@cindex @code{sect} directive, AMD 29K
|
|
This directive is ignored; it is accepted for compatibility with other
|
|
AMD 29K assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@item .use @var{section name}
|
|
@cindex @code{use} directive, AMD 29K
|
|
Establishes the section and subsection for the following code;
|
|
@var{section name} may be one of @code{.text}, @code{.data},
|
|
@code{.data1}, or @code{.lit}. With one of the first three @var{section
|
|
name} options, @samp{.use} is equivalent to the machine directive
|
|
@var{section name}; the remaining case, @samp{.use .lit}, is the same as
|
|
@samp{.data 200}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node AMD29K Opcodes
|
|
@section Opcodes
|
|
|
|
@cindex AMD 29K opcodes
|
|
@cindex opcodes for AMD 29K
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} implements all the standard AMD 29K opcodes. No
|
|
additional pseudo-instructions are needed on this family.
|
|
|
|
For information on the 29K machine instruction set, see @cite{Am29000
|
|
User's Manual}, Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset Hitachi-all
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@node Machine Dependencies
|
|
@chapter Machine Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
The machine instruction sets are different on each Hitachi chip family,
|
|
and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
|
|
chapter describes the specific @code{@value{AS}} features for each
|
|
family.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* H8/300-Dependent:: Hitachi H8/300 Dependent Features
|
|
* H8/500-Dependent:: Hitachi H8/500 Dependent Features
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
|
|
* SH-Dependent:: Hitachi SH Dependent Features
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@end menu
|
|
@down
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8/300
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@page
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@node H8/300-Dependent
|
|
@chapter H8/300 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@cindex H8/300 support
|
|
@menu
|
|
* H8/300 Options:: Options
|
|
* H8/300 Syntax:: Syntax
|
|
* H8/300 Floating Point:: Floating Point
|
|
* H8/300 Directives:: H8/300 Machine Directives
|
|
* H8/300 Opcodes:: Opcodes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node H8/300 Options
|
|
@section Options
|
|
|
|
@cindex H8/300 options (none)
|
|
@cindex options, H8/300 (none)
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} has no additional command-line options for the Hitachi
|
|
H8/300 family.
|
|
|
|
@node H8/300 Syntax
|
|
@section Syntax
|
|
@menu
|
|
* H8/300-Chars:: Special Characters
|
|
* H8/300-Regs:: Register Names
|
|
* H8/300-Addressing:: Addressing Modes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node H8/300-Chars
|
|
@subsection Special Characters
|
|
|
|
@cindex line comment character, H8/300
|
|
@cindex H8/300 line comment character
|
|
@samp{;} is the line comment character.
|
|
|
|
@cindex line separator, H8/300
|
|
@cindex statement separator, H8/300
|
|
@cindex H8/300 line separator
|
|
@samp{$} can be used instead of a newline to separate statements.
|
|
Therefore @emph{you may not use @samp{$} in symbol names} on the H8/300.
|
|
|
|
@node H8/300-Regs
|
|
@subsection Register Names
|
|
|
|
@cindex H8/300 registers
|
|
@cindex registers, H8/300
|
|
You can use predefined symbols of the form @samp{r@var{n}h} and
|
|
@samp{r@var{n}l} to refer to the H8/300 registers as sixteen 8-bit
|
|
general-purpose registers. @var{n} is a digit from @samp{0} to
|
|
@samp{7}); for instance, both @samp{r0h} and @samp{r7l} are valid
|
|
register names.
|
|
|
|
You can also use the eight predefined symbols @samp{r@var{n}} to refer
|
|
to the H8/300 registers as 16-bit registers (you must use this form for
|
|
addressing).
|
|
|
|
The two control registers are called @code{pc} (program counter; a
|
|
16-bit register) and @code{ccr} (condition code register; an 8-bit
|
|
register). @code{r7} is used as the stack pointer, and can also be
|
|
called @code{sp}.
|
|
|
|
@node H8/300-Addressing
|
|
@subsection Addressing Modes
|
|
|
|
@cindex addressing modes, H8/300
|
|
@cindex H8/300 addressing modes
|
|
@value{AS} understands the following addressing modes for the H8/300:
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item r@var{n}
|
|
Register direct
|
|
|
|
@item @@r@var{n}
|
|
Register indirect
|
|
|
|
@item @@(@var{d}, r@var{n})
|
|
@itemx @@(@var{d}:16, r@var{n})
|
|
Register indirect: 16-bit displacement @var{d} from register @var{n}.
|
|
(You may specify the @samp{:16} for clarity if you wish, but it is not
|
|
required and has no effect.)
|
|
|
|
@item @@r@var{n}+
|
|
Register indirect with post-increment
|
|
|
|
@item @@-r@var{n}
|
|
Register indirect with pre-decrement
|
|
|
|
@item @code{@@}@var{aa}
|
|
@itemx @code{@@}@var{aa}:8
|
|
@itemx @code{@@}@var{aa}:16
|
|
Absolute address @code{aa}. You may specify the @samp{:8} or @samp{:16}
|
|
for clarity, if you wish; but @code{@value{AS}} neither requires this nor
|
|
uses it---the address size required is taken from context.
|
|
|
|
@item #@var{xx}
|
|
@itemx #@var{xx}:8
|
|
@itemx #@var{xx}:16
|
|
Immediate data @var{xx}. You may specify the @samp{:8} or @samp{:16}
|
|
for clarity, if you wish; but @code{@value{AS}} neither requires this nor
|
|
uses it---the data size required is taken from context.
|
|
|
|
@item @code{@@}@code{@@}@var{aa}
|
|
@itemx @code{@@}@code{@@}@var{aa}:8
|
|
Memory indirect. You may specify the @samp{:8} for clarity, if you
|
|
wish; but @code{@value{AS}} neither requires this nor uses it.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node H8/300 Floating Point
|
|
@section Floating Point
|
|
|
|
@cindex floating point, H8/300 (@sc{ieee})
|
|
@cindex H8/300 floating point (@sc{ieee})
|
|
The H8/300 family uses @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers.
|
|
|
|
@node H8/300 Directives
|
|
@section H8/300 Machine Directives
|
|
|
|
@cindex H8/300 machine directives (none)
|
|
@cindex machine directives, H8/300 (none)
|
|
@cindex @code{word} directive, H8/300
|
|
@cindex @code{int} directive, H8/300
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} has no machine-dependent directives for the H8/300.
|
|
However, on this platform the @samp{.int} and @samp{.word} directives
|
|
generate 16-bit numbers.
|
|
|
|
@node H8/300 Opcodes
|
|
@section Opcodes
|
|
|
|
@cindex H8/300 opcode summary
|
|
@cindex opcode summary, H8/300
|
|
@cindex mnemonics, H8/300
|
|
@cindex instruction summary, H8/300
|
|
For detailed information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see
|
|
@cite{H8/300 Series Programming Manual} (Hitachi ADE--602--025).
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} implements all the standard H8/300 opcodes. No additional
|
|
pseudo-instructions are needed on this family.
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the opcodes and their arguments:
|
|
@c kluge due to lack of group outside example
|
|
@page
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@c In texinfo 2.102, @group makes this doublepsace!!
|
|
@c @group
|
|
@i{Legend:}
|
|
Rs @r{source register}
|
|
Rd @r{destination register}
|
|
imm @r{immediate data}
|
|
x:3 @r{a bit (as a number between 0 and 7)}
|
|
d:8 @r{eight bit displacement from @code{pc}}
|
|
d:16 @r{sixteen bit displacement from @code{Rs}}
|
|
|
|
add.b Rs,Rd biand #x:3,Rd
|
|
add.b #imm:8,Rd biand #x:3,@@Rd
|
|
add.w Rs,Rd biand #x:3,@@aa:8
|
|
adds #1,Rd bild #x:3,Rd
|
|
adds #2,Rd bild #x:3,@@Rd
|
|
addx #imm:8,Rd bild #x:3,@@aa:8
|
|
addx Rs,Rd bior #x:3,Rd
|
|
and #imm:8,Rd bior #x:3,@@Rd
|
|
and Rs,Rd bior #x:3,@@aa:8
|
|
andc #imm:8,ccr bist #x:3,Rd
|
|
band #x:3,Rd bist #x:3,@@Rd
|
|
band #x:3,@@Rd bist #x:3,@@aa:8
|
|
bra d:8 bixor #x:3,Rd
|
|
bt d:8 bixor #x:3,@@Rd
|
|
brn d:8 bixor #x:3,@@aa:8
|
|
bf d:8 bld #x:3,Rd
|
|
bhi d:8 bld #x:3,@@Rd
|
|
bls d:8 bld #x:3,@@aa:8
|
|
bcc d:8 bnot #x:3,Rd
|
|
bhs d:8 bnot #x:3,@@Rd
|
|
bcs d:8 bnot #x:3,@@aa:8
|
|
blo d:8 bnot Rs,Rd
|
|
bne d:8 bnot Rs,@@Rd
|
|
beq d:8 bnot Rs,@@aa:8
|
|
bvc d:8 bor #x:3,Rd
|
|
bvs d:8 bor #x:3,@@Rd
|
|
bpl d:8 bor #x:3,@@aa:8
|
|
bmi d:8 bset #x:3,@@Rd
|
|
bge d:8 bset #x:3,@@aa:8
|
|
blt d:8 bset Rs,Rd
|
|
bgt d:8 bset Rs,@@Rd
|
|
ble d:8 bset Rs,@@aa:8
|
|
bclr #x:3,Rd bsr d:8
|
|
bclr #x:3,@@Rd bst #x:3,Rd
|
|
bclr #x:3,@@aa:8 bst #x:3,@@Rd
|
|
bclr Rs,Rd bst #x:3,@@aa:8
|
|
bclr Rs,@@Rd btst #x:3,Rd
|
|
@c @end group
|
|
@page
|
|
@c @group
|
|
btst #x:3,@@Rd mov.w @@(d:16, Rs),Rd
|
|
btst #x:3,@@aa:8 mov.w @@Rs+,Rd
|
|
btst Rs,Rd mov.w @@aa:16,Rd
|
|
btst Rs,@@Rd mov.w Rs,@@Rd
|
|
btst Rs,@@aa:8 mov.w Rs,@@(d:16, Rd)
|
|
bxor #x:3,Rd mov.w Rs,@@-Rd
|
|
bxor #x:3,@@Rd mov.w Rs,@@aa:16
|
|
bxor #x:3,@@aa:8 movfpe @@aa:16,Rd
|
|
cmp.b #imm:8,Rd movtpe Rs,@@aa:16
|
|
cmp.b Rs,Rd mulxu Rs,Rd
|
|
cmp.w Rs,Rd neg Rs
|
|
daa Rs nop
|
|
das Rs not Rs
|
|
dec Rs or #imm:8,Rd
|
|
divxu Rs,Rd or Rs,Rd
|
|
eepmov orc #imm:8,ccr
|
|
inc Rs pop Rs
|
|
jmp @@Rs push Rs
|
|
jmp @@aa:16 rotl Rs
|
|
jmp @@@@aa rotr Rs
|
|
jsr @@Rs rotxl Rs
|
|
jsr @@aa:16 rotxr Rs
|
|
jsr @@@@aa:8 rte
|
|
ldc #imm:8,ccr rts
|
|
ldc Rs,ccr shal Rs
|
|
mov.b Rs,Rd shar Rs
|
|
mov.b #imm:8,Rd shll Rs
|
|
mov.b @@Rs,Rd shlr Rs
|
|
mov.b @@(d:16, Rs),Rd sleep
|
|
mov.b @@Rs+,Rd stc ccr,Rd
|
|
mov.b @@aa:16,Rd sub.b Rs,Rd
|
|
mov.b @@aa:8,Rd sub.w Rs,Rd
|
|
mov.b Rs,@@Rd subs #1,Rd
|
|
mov.b Rs,@@(d:16, Rd) subs #2,Rd
|
|
mov.b Rs,@@-Rd subx #imm:8,Rd
|
|
mov.b Rs,@@aa:16 subx Rs,Rd
|
|
mov.b Rs,@@aa:8 xor #imm:8,Rd
|
|
mov.w Rs,Rd xor Rs,Rd
|
|
mov.w #imm:16,Rd xorc #imm:8,ccr
|
|
mov.w @@Rs,Rd
|
|
@c @end group
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@cindex size suffixes, H8/300
|
|
@cindex H8/300 size suffixes
|
|
Four H8/300 instructions (@code{add}, @code{cmp}, @code{mov},
|
|
@code{sub}) are defined with variants using the suffixes @samp{.b} and
|
|
@samp{.w} to specify the size of a memory operand. @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
supports these suffixes, but does not require them; since one of the
|
|
operands is always a register, @code{@value{AS}} can deduce the correct size.
|
|
|
|
For example, since @code{r0} refers to a 16-bit register,
|
|
@example
|
|
mov r0,@@foo
|
|
@exdent is equivalent to
|
|
mov.w r0,@@foo
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
If you use the size suffixes, @code{@value{AS}} will issue a warning if
|
|
there's a mismatch between the suffix and the register size.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8/500
|
|
@page
|
|
@node H8/500-Dependent
|
|
@chapter H8/500 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@cindex H8/500 support
|
|
@menu
|
|
* H8/500 Options:: Options
|
|
* H8/500 Syntax:: Syntax
|
|
* H8/500 Floating Point:: Floating Point
|
|
* H8/500 Directives:: H8/500 Machine Directives
|
|
* H8/500 Opcodes:: Opcodes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node H8/500 Options
|
|
@section Options
|
|
|
|
@cindex H8/500 options (none)
|
|
@cindex options, H8/500 (none)
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} has no additional command-line options for the Hitachi
|
|
H8/500 family.
|
|
|
|
@node H8/500 Syntax
|
|
@section Syntax
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* H8/500-Chars:: Special Characters
|
|
* H8/500-Regs:: Register Names
|
|
* H8/500-Addressing:: Addressing Modes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node H8/500-Chars
|
|
@subsection Special Characters
|
|
|
|
@cindex line comment character, H8/500
|
|
@cindex H8/500 line comment character
|
|
@samp{!} is the line comment character.
|
|
|
|
@cindex line separator, H8/500
|
|
@cindex statement separator, H8/500
|
|
@cindex H8/500 line separator
|
|
@samp{;} can be used instead of a newline to separate statements.
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol names, @samp{$} in
|
|
@cindex @code{$} in symbol names
|
|
Since @samp{$} has no special meaning, you may use it in symbol names.
|
|
|
|
@node H8/500-Regs
|
|
@subsection Register Names
|
|
|
|
@cindex H8/500 registers
|
|
@cindex registers, H8/500
|
|
You can use the predefined symbols @samp{r0}, @samp{r1}, @samp{r2},
|
|
@samp{r3}, @samp{r4}, @samp{r5}, @samp{r6}, and @samp{r7} to refer to
|
|
the H8/500 registers.
|
|
|
|
The H8/500 also has these control registers:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item cp
|
|
code pointer
|
|
|
|
@item dp
|
|
data pointer
|
|
|
|
@item bp
|
|
base pointer
|
|
|
|
@item tp
|
|
stack top pointer
|
|
|
|
@item ep
|
|
extra pointer
|
|
|
|
@item sr
|
|
status register
|
|
|
|
@item ccr
|
|
condition code register
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
All registers are 16 bits long. To represent 32 bit numbers, use two
|
|
adjacent registers; for distant memory addresses, use one of the segment
|
|
pointers (@code{cp} for the program counter; @code{dp} for
|
|
@code{r0}--@code{r3}; @code{ep} for @code{r4} and @code{r5}; and
|
|
@code{tp} for @code{r6} and @code{r7}.
|
|
|
|
@node H8/500-Addressing
|
|
@subsection Addressing Modes
|
|
|
|
@cindex addressing modes, H8/500
|
|
@cindex H8/500 addressing modes
|
|
@value{AS} understands the following addressing modes for the H8/500:
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item R@var{n}
|
|
Register direct
|
|
|
|
@item @@R@var{n}
|
|
Register indirect
|
|
|
|
@item @@(d:8, R@var{n})
|
|
Register indirect with 8 bit signed displacement
|
|
|
|
@item @@(d:16, R@var{n})
|
|
Register indirect with 16 bit signed displacement
|
|
|
|
@item @@-R@var{n}
|
|
Register indirect with pre-decrement
|
|
|
|
@item @@R@var{n}+
|
|
Register indirect with post-increment
|
|
|
|
@item @@@var{aa}:8
|
|
8 bit absolute address
|
|
|
|
@item @@@var{aa}:16
|
|
16 bit absolute address
|
|
|
|
@item #@var{xx}:8
|
|
8 bit immediate
|
|
|
|
@item #@var{xx}:16
|
|
16 bit immediate
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node H8/500 Floating Point
|
|
@section Floating Point
|
|
|
|
@cindex floating point, H8/500 (@sc{ieee})
|
|
@cindex H8/500 floating point (@sc{ieee})
|
|
The H8/500 family uses @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers.
|
|
|
|
@node H8/500 Directives
|
|
@section H8/500 Machine Directives
|
|
|
|
@cindex H8/500 machine directives (none)
|
|
@cindex machine directives, H8/500 (none)
|
|
@cindex @code{word} directive, H8/500
|
|
@cindex @code{int} directive, H8/500
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} has no machine-dependent directives for the H8/500.
|
|
However, on this platform the @samp{.int} and @samp{.word} directives
|
|
generate 16-bit numbers.
|
|
|
|
@node H8/500 Opcodes
|
|
@section Opcodes
|
|
|
|
@cindex H8/500 opcode summary
|
|
@cindex opcode summary, H8/500
|
|
@cindex mnemonics, H8/500
|
|
@cindex instruction summary, H8/500
|
|
For detailed information on the H8/500 machine instruction set, see
|
|
@cite{H8/500 Series Programming Manual} (Hitachi M21T001).
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} implements all the standard H8/500 opcodes. No additional
|
|
pseudo-instructions are needed on this family.
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes H8/500 opcodes and their operands:
|
|
|
|
@c Use @group if it ever works, instead of @page
|
|
@page
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@i{Legend:}
|
|
abs8 @r{8-bit absolute address}
|
|
abs16 @r{16-bit absolute address}
|
|
abs24 @r{24-bit absolute address}
|
|
crb @r{@code{ccr}, @code{br}, @code{ep}, @code{dp}, @code{tp}, @code{dp}}
|
|
disp8 @r{8-bit displacement}
|
|
ea @r{@code{rn}, @code{@@rn}, @code{@@(d:8, rn)}, @code{@@(d:16, rn)},}
|
|
@r{@code{@@-rn}, @code{@@rn+}, @code{@@aa:8}, @code{@@aa:16},}
|
|
@r{@code{#xx:8}, @code{#xx:16}}
|
|
ea_mem @r{@code{@@rn}, @code{@@(d:8, rn)}, @code{@@(d:16, rn)},}
|
|
@r{@code{@@-rn}, @code{@@rn+}, @code{@@aa:8}, @code{@@aa:16}}
|
|
ea_noimm @r{@code{rn}, @code{@@rn}, @code{@@(d:8, rn)}, @code{@@(d:16, rn)},}
|
|
@r{@code{@@-rn}, @code{@@rn+}, @code{@@aa:8}, @code{@@aa:16}}
|
|
fp r6
|
|
imm4 @r{4-bit immediate data}
|
|
imm8 @r{8-bit immediate data}
|
|
imm16 @r{16-bit immediate data}
|
|
pcrel8 @r{8-bit offset from program counter}
|
|
pcrel16 @r{16-bit offset from program counter}
|
|
qim @r{@code{-2}, @code{-1}, @code{1}, @code{2}}
|
|
rd @r{any register}
|
|
rs @r{a register distinct from rd}
|
|
rlist @r{comma-separated list of registers in parentheses;}
|
|
@r{register ranges @code{rd-rs} are allowed}
|
|
sp @r{stack pointer (@code{r7})}
|
|
sr @r{status register}
|
|
sz @r{size; @samp{.b} or @samp{.w}. If omitted, default @samp{.w}}
|
|
|
|
ldc[.b] ea,crb bcc[.w] pcrel16
|
|
ldc[.w] ea,sr bcc[.b] pcrel8
|
|
add[:q] sz qim,ea_noimm bhs[.w] pcrel16
|
|
add[:g] sz ea,rd bhs[.b] pcrel8
|
|
adds sz ea,rd bcs[.w] pcrel16
|
|
addx sz ea,rd bcs[.b] pcrel8
|
|
and sz ea,rd blo[.w] pcrel16
|
|
andc[.b] imm8,crb blo[.b] pcrel8
|
|
andc[.w] imm16,sr bne[.w] pcrel16
|
|
bpt bne[.b] pcrel8
|
|
bra[.w] pcrel16 beq[.w] pcrel16
|
|
bra[.b] pcrel8 beq[.b] pcrel8
|
|
bt[.w] pcrel16 bvc[.w] pcrel16
|
|
bt[.b] pcrel8 bvc[.b] pcrel8
|
|
brn[.w] pcrel16 bvs[.w] pcrel16
|
|
brn[.b] pcrel8 bvs[.b] pcrel8
|
|
bf[.w] pcrel16 bpl[.w] pcrel16
|
|
bf[.b] pcrel8 bpl[.b] pcrel8
|
|
bhi[.w] pcrel16 bmi[.w] pcrel16
|
|
bhi[.b] pcrel8 bmi[.b] pcrel8
|
|
bls[.w] pcrel16 bge[.w] pcrel16
|
|
bls[.b] pcrel8 bge[.b] pcrel8
|
|
@page
|
|
blt[.w] pcrel16 mov[:g][.b] imm8,ea_mem
|
|
blt[.b] pcrel8 mov[:g][.w] imm16,ea_mem
|
|
bgt[.w] pcrel16 movfpe[.b] ea,rd
|
|
bgt[.b] pcrel8 movtpe[.b] rs,ea_noimm
|
|
ble[.w] pcrel16 mulxu sz ea,rd
|
|
ble[.b] pcrel8 neg sz ea
|
|
bclr sz imm4,ea_noimm nop
|
|
bclr sz rs,ea_noimm not sz ea
|
|
bnot sz imm4,ea_noimm or sz ea,rd
|
|
bnot sz rs,ea_noimm orc[.b] imm8,crb
|
|
bset sz imm4,ea_noimm orc[.w] imm16,sr
|
|
bset sz rs,ea_noimm pjmp abs24
|
|
bsr[.b] pcrel8 pjmp @@rd
|
|
bsr[.w] pcrel16 pjsr abs24
|
|
btst sz imm4,ea_noimm pjsr @@rd
|
|
btst sz rs,ea_noimm prtd imm8
|
|
clr sz ea prtd imm16
|
|
cmp[:e][.b] imm8,rd prts
|
|
cmp[:i][.w] imm16,rd rotl sz ea
|
|
cmp[:g].b imm8,ea_noimm rotr sz ea
|
|
cmp[:g][.w] imm16,ea_noimm rotxl sz ea
|
|
Cmp[:g] sz ea,rd rotxr sz ea
|
|
dadd rs,rd rtd imm8
|
|
divxu sz ea,rd rtd imm16
|
|
dsub rs,rd rts
|
|
exts[.b] rd scb/f rs,pcrel8
|
|
extu[.b] rd scb/ne rs,pcrel8
|
|
jmp @@rd scb/eq rs,pcrel8
|
|
jmp @@(imm8,rd) shal sz ea
|
|
jmp @@(imm16,rd) shar sz ea
|
|
jmp abs16 shll sz ea
|
|
jsr @@rd shlr sz ea
|
|
jsr @@(imm8,rd) sleep
|
|
jsr @@(imm16,rd) stc[.b] crb,ea_noimm
|
|
jsr abs16 stc[.w] sr,ea_noimm
|
|
ldm @@sp+,(rlist) stm (rlist),@@-sp
|
|
link fp,imm8 sub sz ea,rd
|
|
link fp,imm16 subs sz ea,rd
|
|
mov[:e][.b] imm8,rd subx sz ea,rd
|
|
mov[:i][.w] imm16,rd swap[.b] rd
|
|
mov[:l][.w] abs8,rd tas[.b] ea
|
|
mov[:l].b abs8,rd trapa imm4
|
|
mov[:s][.w] rs,abs8 trap/vs
|
|
mov[:s].b rs,abs8 tst sz ea
|
|
mov[:f][.w] @@(disp8,fp),rd unlk fp
|
|
mov[:f][.w] rs,@@(disp8,fp) xch[.w] rs,rd
|
|
mov[:f].b @@(disp8,fp),rd xor sz ea,rd
|
|
mov[:f].b rs,@@(disp8,fp) xorc.b imm8,crb
|
|
mov[:g] sz rs,ea_mem xorc.w imm16,sr
|
|
mov[:g] sz ea,rd
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@c start-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@ifset SH
|
|
@page
|
|
@node SH-Dependent
|
|
@chapter Hitachi SH Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@cindex SH support
|
|
@menu
|
|
* SH Options:: Options
|
|
* SH Syntax:: Syntax
|
|
* SH Floating Point:: Floating Point
|
|
* SH Directives:: SH Machine Directives
|
|
* SH Opcodes:: Opcodes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node SH Options
|
|
@section Options
|
|
|
|
@cindex SH options (none)
|
|
@cindex options, SH (none)
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} has no additional command-line options for the Hitachi
|
|
SH family.
|
|
|
|
@node SH Syntax
|
|
@section Syntax
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* SH-Chars:: Special Characters
|
|
* SH-Regs:: Register Names
|
|
* SH-Addressing:: Addressing Modes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node SH-Chars
|
|
@subsection Special Characters
|
|
|
|
@cindex line comment character, SH
|
|
@cindex SH line comment character
|
|
@samp{!} is the line comment character.
|
|
|
|
@cindex line separator, SH
|
|
@cindex statement separator, SH
|
|
@cindex SH line separator
|
|
You can use @samp{;} instead of a newline to separate statements.
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol names, @samp{$} in
|
|
@cindex @code{$} in symbol names
|
|
Since @samp{$} has no special meaning, you may use it in symbol names.
|
|
|
|
@node SH-Regs
|
|
@subsection Register Names
|
|
|
|
@cindex SH registers
|
|
@cindex registers, SH
|
|
You can use the predefined symbols @samp{r0}, @samp{r1}, @samp{r2},
|
|
@samp{r3}, @samp{r4}, @samp{r5}, @samp{r6}, @samp{r7}, @samp{r8},
|
|
@samp{r9}, @samp{r10}, @samp{r11}, @samp{r12}, @samp{r13}, @samp{r14},
|
|
and @samp{r15} to refer to the SH registers.
|
|
|
|
The SH also has these control registers:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item pr
|
|
procedure register (holds return address)
|
|
|
|
@item pc
|
|
program counter
|
|
|
|
@item mach
|
|
@itemx macl
|
|
high and low multiply accumulator registers
|
|
|
|
@item sr
|
|
status register
|
|
|
|
@item gbr
|
|
global base register
|
|
|
|
@item vbr
|
|
vector base register (for interrupt vectors)
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node SH-Addressing
|
|
@subsection Addressing Modes
|
|
|
|
@cindex addressing modes, SH
|
|
@cindex SH addressing modes
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} understands the following addressing modes for the SH.
|
|
@code{R@var{n}} in the following refers to any of the numbered
|
|
registers, but @emph{not} the control registers.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item R@var{n}
|
|
Register direct
|
|
|
|
@item @@R@var{n}
|
|
Register indirect
|
|
|
|
@item @@-R@var{n}
|
|
Register indirect with pre-decrement
|
|
|
|
@item @@R@var{n}+
|
|
Register indirect with post-increment
|
|
|
|
@item @@(@var{disp}, R@var{n})
|
|
Register indirect with displacement
|
|
|
|
@item @@(R0, R@var{n})
|
|
Register indexed
|
|
|
|
@item @@(@var{disp}, GBR)
|
|
@code{GBR} offset
|
|
|
|
@item @@(R0, GBR)
|
|
GBR indexed
|
|
|
|
@item @var{addr}
|
|
@itemx @@(@var{disp}, PC)
|
|
PC relative address (for branch or for addressing memory). The
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} implementation allows you to use the simpler form
|
|
@var{addr} anywhere a PC relative address is called for; the alternate
|
|
form is supported for compatibility with other assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@item #@var{imm}
|
|
Immediate data
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node SH Floating Point
|
|
@section Floating Point
|
|
|
|
@cindex floating point, SH (@sc{ieee})
|
|
@cindex SH floating point (@sc{ieee})
|
|
The SH family uses @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers.
|
|
|
|
@node SH Directives
|
|
@section SH Machine Directives
|
|
|
|
@cindex SH machine directives (none)
|
|
@cindex machine directives, SH (none)
|
|
@cindex @code{word} directive, SH
|
|
@cindex @code{int} directive, SH
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} has no machine-dependent directives for the SH.
|
|
|
|
@node SH Opcodes
|
|
@section Opcodes
|
|
|
|
@cindex SH opcode summary
|
|
@cindex opcode summary, SH
|
|
@cindex mnemonics, SH
|
|
@cindex instruction summary, SH
|
|
For detailed information on the SH machine instruction set, see
|
|
@cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Hitachi Micro Systems, Inc.).
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} implements all the standard SH opcodes. No additional
|
|
pseudo-instructions are needed on this family. Note, however, that
|
|
because @code{@value{AS}} supports a simpler form of PC-relative
|
|
addressing, you may simply write (for example)
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
mov.l bar,r0
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
where other assemblers might require an explicit displacement to
|
|
@code{bar} from the program counter:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
mov.l @@(@var{disp}, PC)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Here is a summary of SH opcodes:
|
|
|
|
@page
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@i{Legend:}
|
|
Rn @r{a numbered register}
|
|
Rm @r{another numbered register}
|
|
#imm @r{immediate data}
|
|
disp @r{displacement}
|
|
disp8 @r{8-bit displacement}
|
|
disp12 @r{12-bit displacement}
|
|
|
|
add #imm,Rn lds.l @@Rn+,PR
|
|
add Rm,Rn mac.w @@Rm+,@@Rn+
|
|
addc Rm,Rn mov #imm,Rn
|
|
addv Rm,Rn mov Rm,Rn
|
|
and #imm,R0 mov.b Rm,@@(R0,Rn)
|
|
and Rm,Rn mov.b Rm,@@-Rn
|
|
and.b #imm,@@(R0,GBR) mov.b Rm,@@Rn
|
|
bf disp8 mov.b @@(disp,Rm),R0
|
|
bra disp12 mov.b @@(disp,GBR),R0
|
|
bsr disp12 mov.b @@(R0,Rm),Rn
|
|
bt disp8 mov.b @@Rm+,Rn
|
|
clrm mov.b @@Rm,Rn
|
|
clrt mov.b R0,@@(disp,Rm)
|
|
cmp/eq #imm,R0 mov.b R0,@@(disp,GBR)
|
|
cmp/eq Rm,Rn mov.l Rm,@@(disp,Rn)
|
|
cmp/ge Rm,Rn mov.l Rm,@@(R0,Rn)
|
|
cmp/gt Rm,Rn mov.l Rm,@@-Rn
|
|
cmp/hi Rm,Rn mov.l Rm,@@Rn
|
|
cmp/hs Rm,Rn mov.l @@(disp,Rn),Rm
|
|
cmp/pl Rn mov.l @@(disp,GBR),R0
|
|
cmp/pz Rn mov.l @@(disp,PC),Rn
|
|
cmp/str Rm,Rn mov.l @@(R0,Rm),Rn
|
|
div0s Rm,Rn mov.l @@Rm+,Rn
|
|
div0u mov.l @@Rm,Rn
|
|
div1 Rm,Rn mov.l R0,@@(disp,GBR)
|
|
exts.b Rm,Rn mov.w Rm,@@(R0,Rn)
|
|
exts.w Rm,Rn mov.w Rm,@@-Rn
|
|
extu.b Rm,Rn mov.w Rm,@@Rn
|
|
extu.w Rm,Rn mov.w @@(disp,Rm),R0
|
|
jmp @@Rn mov.w @@(disp,GBR),R0
|
|
jsr @@Rn mov.w @@(disp,PC),Rn
|
|
ldc Rn,GBR mov.w @@(R0,Rm),Rn
|
|
ldc Rn,SR mov.w @@Rm+,Rn
|
|
ldc Rn,VBR mov.w @@Rm,Rn
|
|
ldc.l @@Rn+,GBR mov.w R0,@@(disp,Rm)
|
|
ldc.l @@Rn+,SR mov.w R0,@@(disp,GBR)
|
|
ldc.l @@Rn+,VBR mova @@(disp,PC),R0
|
|
lds Rn,MACH movt Rn
|
|
lds Rn,MACL muls Rm,Rn
|
|
lds Rn,PR mulu Rm,Rn
|
|
lds.l @@Rn+,MACH neg Rm,Rn
|
|
lds.l @@Rn+,MACL negc Rm,Rn
|
|
@page
|
|
nop stc VBR,Rn
|
|
not Rm,Rn stc.l GBR,@@-Rn
|
|
or #imm,R0 stc.l SR,@@-Rn
|
|
or Rm,Rn stc.l VBR,@@-Rn
|
|
or.b #imm,@@(R0,GBR) sts MACH,Rn
|
|
rotcl Rn sts MACL,Rn
|
|
rotcr Rn sts PR,Rn
|
|
rotl Rn sts.l MACH,@@-Rn
|
|
rotr Rn sts.l MACL,@@-Rn
|
|
rte sts.l PR,@@-Rn
|
|
rts sub Rm,Rn
|
|
sett subc Rm,Rn
|
|
shal Rn subv Rm,Rn
|
|
shar Rn swap.b Rm,Rn
|
|
shll Rn swap.w Rm,Rn
|
|
shll16 Rn tas.b @@Rn
|
|
shll2 Rn trapa #imm
|
|
shll8 Rn tst #imm,R0
|
|
shlr Rn tst Rm,Rn
|
|
shlr16 Rn tst.b #imm,@@(R0,GBR)
|
|
shlr2 Rn xor #imm,R0
|
|
shlr8 Rn xor Rm,Rn
|
|
sleep xor.b #imm,@@(R0,GBR)
|
|
stc GBR,Rn xtrct Rm,Rn
|
|
stc SR,Rn
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@ifset Hitachi-all
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@up
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@c end-sanitize-Hitachi-SH
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@page
|
|
@node i960-Dependent
|
|
@chapter Intel 80960 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@node Machine Dependencies
|
|
@chapter Intel 80960 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@cindex i960 support
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Options-i960:: i960 Command-line Options
|
|
* Floating Point-i960:: Floating Point
|
|
* Directives-i960:: i960 Machine Directives
|
|
* Opcodes for i960:: i960 Opcodes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c FIXME! Add Syntax sec with discussion of bitfields here, at least so
|
|
@c long as they're not turned on for other machines than 960.
|
|
|
|
@node Options-i960
|
|
|
|
@section i960 Command-line Options
|
|
|
|
@cindex i960 options
|
|
@cindex options, i960
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
|
|
@cindex i960 architecture options
|
|
@cindex architecture options, i960
|
|
@cindex @code{-A} options, i960
|
|
Select the 80960 architecture. Instructions or features not supported
|
|
by the selected architecture cause fatal errors.
|
|
|
|
@samp{-ACA} is equivalent to @samp{-ACA_A}; @samp{-AKC} is equivalent to
|
|
@samp{-AMC}. Synonyms are provided for compatibility with other tools.
|
|
|
|
If none of these options is specified, @code{@value{AS}} will generate code for any
|
|
instruction or feature that is supported by @emph{some} version of the
|
|
960 (even if this means mixing architectures!). In principle,
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} will attempt to deduce the minimal sufficient processor
|
|
type if none is specified; depending on the object code format, the
|
|
processor type may be recorded in the object file. If it is critical
|
|
that the @code{@value{AS}} output match a specific architecture, specify that
|
|
architecture explicitly.
|
|
|
|
@item -b
|
|
@cindex @code{-b} option, i960
|
|
@cindex branch recording, i960
|
|
@cindex i960 branch recording
|
|
Add code to collect information about conditional branches taken, for
|
|
later optimization using branch prediction bits. (The conditional branch
|
|
instructions have branch prediction bits in the CA, CB, and CC
|
|
architectures.) If @var{BR} represents a conditional branch instruction,
|
|
the following represents the code generated by the assembler when
|
|
@samp{-b} is specified:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
call @var{increment routine}
|
|
.word 0 # pre-counter
|
|
Label: @var{BR}
|
|
call @var{increment routine}
|
|
.word 0 # post-counter
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
The counter following a branch records the number of times that branch
|
|
was @emph{not} taken; the differenc between the two counters is the
|
|
number of times the branch @emph{was} taken.
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{gbr960}, i960 postprocessor
|
|
@cindex branch statistics table, i960
|
|
A table of every such @code{Label} is also generated, so that the
|
|
external postprocessor @code{gbr960} (supplied by Intel) can locate all
|
|
the counters. This table is always labelled @samp{__BRANCH_TABLE__};
|
|
this is a local symbol to permit collecting statistics for many separate
|
|
object files. The table is word aligned, and begins with a two-word
|
|
header. The first word, initialized to 0, is used in maintaining linked
|
|
lists of branch tables. The second word is a count of the number of
|
|
entries in the table, which follow immediately: each is a word, pointing
|
|
to one of the labels illustrated above.
|
|
|
|
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
@example
|
|
+------------+------------+------------+ ... +------------+
|
|
| | | | | |
|
|
| *NEXT | COUNT: N | *BRLAB 1 | | *BRLAB N |
|
|
| | | | | |
|
|
+------------+------------+------------+ ... +------------+
|
|
|
|
__BRANCH_TABLE__ layout
|
|
@end example
|
|
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
@tex
|
|
\vskip 1pc
|
|
\line{\leftskip=0pt\hskip\tableindent
|
|
\boxit{2cm}{\tt *NEXT}\boxit{2cm}{\tt COUNT: \it N}\boxit{2cm}{\tt
|
|
*BRLAB 1}\ibox{1cm}{\quad\dots}\boxit{2cm}{\tt *BRLAB \it N}\hfil}
|
|
\centerline{\it {\tt \_\_BRANCH\_TABLE\_\_} layout}
|
|
@end tex
|
|
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
|
|
The first word of the header is used to locate multiple branch tables,
|
|
since each object file may contain one. Normally the links are
|
|
maintained with a call to an initialization routine, placed at the
|
|
beginning of each function in the file. The GNU C compiler will
|
|
generate these calls automatically when you give it a @samp{-b} option.
|
|
For further details, see the documentation of @samp{gbr960}.
|
|
|
|
@item -norelax
|
|
@cindex @code{-norelax} option, i960
|
|
Normally, Compare-and-Branch instructions with targets that require
|
|
displacements greater than 13 bits (or that have external targets) are
|
|
replaced with the corresponding compare (or @samp{chkbit}) and branch
|
|
instructions. You can use the @samp{-norelax} option to specify that
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} should generate errors instead, if the target displacement
|
|
is larger than 13 bits.
|
|
|
|
This option does not affect the Compare-and-Jump instructions; the code
|
|
emitted for them is @emph{always} adjusted when necessary (depending on
|
|
displacement size), regardless of whether you use @samp{-norelax}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Floating Point-i960
|
|
@section Floating Point
|
|
|
|
@cindex floating point, i960 (@sc{ieee})
|
|
@cindex i960 floating point (@sc{ieee})
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} generates @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers for the directives
|
|
@samp{.float}, @samp{.double}, @samp{.extended}, and @samp{.single}.
|
|
|
|
@node Directives-i960
|
|
@section i960 Machine Directives
|
|
|
|
@cindex machine directives, i960
|
|
@cindex i960 machine directives
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@cindex @code{bss} directive, i960
|
|
@item .bss @var{symbol}, @var{length}, @var{align}
|
|
Reserve @var{length} bytes in the bss section for a local @var{symbol},
|
|
aligned to the power of two specified by @var{align}. @var{length} and
|
|
@var{align} must be positive absolute expressions. This directive
|
|
differs from @samp{.lcomm} only in that it permits you to specify
|
|
an alignment. @xref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item .extended @var{flonums}
|
|
@cindex @code{extended} directive, i960
|
|
@code{.extended} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas; for
|
|
each flonum, @samp{.extended} emits an @sc{ieee} extended-format (80-bit)
|
|
floating-point number.
|
|
|
|
@item .leafproc @var{call-lab}, @var{bal-lab}
|
|
@cindex @code{leafproc} directive, i960
|
|
You can use the @samp{.leafproc} directive in conjunction with the
|
|
optimized @code{callj} instruction to enable faster calls of leaf
|
|
procedures. If a procedure is known to call no other procedures, you
|
|
may define an entry point that skips procedure prolog code (and that does
|
|
not depend on system-supplied saved context), and declare it as the
|
|
@var{bal-lab} using @samp{.leafproc}. If the procedure also has an
|
|
entry point that goes through the normal prolog, you can specify that
|
|
entry point as @var{call-lab}.
|
|
|
|
A @samp{.leafproc} declaration is meant for use in conjunction with the
|
|
optimized call instruction @samp{callj}; the directive records the data
|
|
needed later to choose between converting the @samp{callj} into a
|
|
@code{bal} or a @code{call}.
|
|
|
|
@var{call-lab} is optional; if only one argument is present, or if the
|
|
two arguments are identical, the single argument is assumed to be the
|
|
@code{bal} entry point.
|
|
|
|
@item .sysproc @var{name}, @var{index}
|
|
@cindex @code{sysproc} directive, i960
|
|
The @samp{.sysproc} directive defines a name for a system procedure.
|
|
After you define it using @samp{.sysproc}, you can use @var{name} to
|
|
refer to the system procedure identified by @var{index} when calling
|
|
procedures with the optimized call instruction @samp{callj}.
|
|
|
|
Both arguments are required; @var{index} must be between 0 and 31
|
|
(inclusive).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Opcodes for i960
|
|
@section i960 Opcodes
|
|
|
|
@cindex opcodes, i960
|
|
@cindex i960 opcodes
|
|
All Intel 960 machine instructions are supported;
|
|
@pxref{Options-i960,,i960 Command-line Options} for a discussion of
|
|
selecting the instruction subset for a particular 960
|
|
architecture.@refill
|
|
|
|
Some opcodes are processed beyond simply emitting a single corresponding
|
|
instruction: @samp{callj}, and Compare-and-Branch or Compare-and-Jump
|
|
instructions with target displacements larger than 13 bits.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* callj-i960:: @code{callj}
|
|
* Compare-and-branch-i960:: Compare-and-Branch
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node callj-i960
|
|
@subsection @code{callj}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{callj}, i960 pseudo-opcode
|
|
@cindex i960 @code{callj} pseudo-opcode
|
|
You can write @code{callj} to have the assembler or the linker determine
|
|
the most appropriate form of subroutine call: @samp{call},
|
|
@samp{bal}, or @samp{calls}. If the assembly source contains
|
|
enough information---a @samp{.leafproc} or @samp{.sysproc} directive
|
|
defining the operand---then @code{@value{AS}} will translate the
|
|
@code{callj}; if not, it will simply emit the @code{callj}, leaving it
|
|
for the linker to resolve.
|
|
|
|
@node Compare-and-branch-i960
|
|
@subsection Compare-and-Branch
|
|
|
|
@cindex i960 compare/branch instructions
|
|
@cindex compare/branch instructions, i960
|
|
The 960 architectures provide combined Compare-and-Branch instructions
|
|
that permit you to store the branch target in the lower 13 bits of the
|
|
instruction word itself. However, if you specify a branch target far
|
|
enough away that its address won't fit in 13 bits, the assembler can
|
|
either issue an error, or convert your Compare-and-Branch instruction
|
|
into separate instructions to do the compare and the branch.
|
|
|
|
@cindex compare and jump expansions, i960
|
|
@cindex i960 compare and jump expansions
|
|
Whether @code{@value{AS}} gives an error or expands the instruction depends
|
|
on two choices you can make: whether you use the @samp{-norelax} option,
|
|
and whether you use a ``Compare and Branch'' instruction or a ``Compare
|
|
and Jump'' instruction. The ``Jump'' instructions are @emph{always}
|
|
expanded if necessary; the ``Branch'' instructions are expanded when
|
|
necessary @emph{unless} you specify @code{-norelax}---in which case
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} gives an error instead.
|
|
|
|
These are the Compare-and-Branch instructions, their ``Jump'' variants,
|
|
and the instruction pairs they may expand into:
|
|
|
|
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
@example
|
|
Compare and
|
|
Branch Jump Expanded to
|
|
------ ------ ------------
|
|
bbc chkbit; bno
|
|
bbs chkbit; bo
|
|
cmpibe cmpije cmpi; be
|
|
cmpibg cmpijg cmpi; bg
|
|
cmpibge cmpijge cmpi; bge
|
|
cmpibl cmpijl cmpi; bl
|
|
cmpible cmpijle cmpi; ble
|
|
cmpibno cmpijno cmpi; bno
|
|
cmpibne cmpijne cmpi; bne
|
|
cmpibo cmpijo cmpi; bo
|
|
cmpobe cmpoje cmpo; be
|
|
cmpobg cmpojg cmpo; bg
|
|
cmpobge cmpojge cmpo; bge
|
|
cmpobl cmpojl cmpo; bl
|
|
cmpoble cmpojle cmpo; ble
|
|
cmpobne cmpojne cmpo; bne
|
|
@end example
|
|
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
@tex
|
|
\hskip\tableindent
|
|
\halign{\hfil {\tt #}\quad&\hfil {\tt #}\qquad&{\tt #}\hfil\cr
|
|
\omit{\hfil\it Compare and\hfil}\span\omit&\cr
|
|
{\it Branch}&{\it Jump}&{\it Expanded to}\cr
|
|
bbc& & chkbit; bno\cr
|
|
bbs& & chkbit; bo\cr
|
|
cmpibe& cmpije& cmpi; be\cr
|
|
cmpibg& cmpijg& cmpi; bg\cr
|
|
cmpibge& cmpijge& cmpi; bge\cr
|
|
cmpibl& cmpijl& cmpi; bl\cr
|
|
cmpible& cmpijle& cmpi; ble\cr
|
|
cmpibno& cmpijno& cmpi; bno\cr
|
|
cmpibne& cmpijne& cmpi; bne\cr
|
|
cmpibo& cmpijo& cmpi; bo\cr
|
|
cmpobe& cmpoje& cmpo; be\cr
|
|
cmpobg& cmpojg& cmpo; bg\cr
|
|
cmpobge& cmpojge& cmpo; bge\cr
|
|
cmpobl& cmpojl& cmpo; bl\cr
|
|
cmpoble& cmpojle& cmpo; ble\cr
|
|
cmpobne& cmpojne& cmpo; bne\cr}
|
|
@end tex
|
|
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset M680X0
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@page
|
|
@node M68K-Dependent
|
|
@chapter M680x0 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@node Machine Dependencies
|
|
@chapter M680x0 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@cindex M680x0 support
|
|
@menu
|
|
* M68K-Opts:: M680x0 Options
|
|
* M68K-Syntax:: Syntax
|
|
* M68K-Float:: Floating Point
|
|
* M68K-Directives:: 680x0 Machine Directives
|
|
* M68K-opcodes:: Opcodes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node M68K-Opts
|
|
@section M680x0 Options
|
|
|
|
@cindex options, M680x0
|
|
@cindex M680x0 options
|
|
The Motorola 680x0 version of @code{@value{AS}} has two machine dependent options.
|
|
One shortens undefined references from 32 to 16 bits, while the
|
|
other is used to tell @code{@value{AS}} what kind of machine it is
|
|
assembling for.
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{-l} option, M680x0
|
|
You can use the @kbd{-l} option to shorten the size of references to
|
|
undefined symbols. If the @kbd{-l} option is not given, references to
|
|
undefined symbols will be a full long (32 bits) wide. (Since @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
cannot know where these symbols will end up, @code{@value{AS}} can only allocate
|
|
space for the linker to fill in later. Since @code{@value{AS}} doesn't know how
|
|
far away these symbols will be, it allocates as much space as it can.)
|
|
If this option is given, the references will only be one word wide (16
|
|
bits). This may be useful if you want the object file to be as small as
|
|
possible, and you know that the relevant symbols will be less than 17
|
|
bits away.
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{-m68000} and related options
|
|
@cindex architecture options, M680x0
|
|
@cindex M680x0 architecture options
|
|
The 680x0 version of @code{@value{AS}} is most frequently used to assemble
|
|
programs for the Motorola MC68020 microprocessor. Occasionally it is
|
|
used to assemble programs for the mostly similar, but slightly different
|
|
MC68000 or MC68010 microprocessors. You can give @code{@value{AS}} the options
|
|
@samp{-m68000}, @samp{-mc68000}, @samp{-m68010}, @samp{-mc68010},
|
|
@samp{-m68020}, and @samp{-mc68020} to tell it what processor is the
|
|
target.
|
|
|
|
@node M68K-Syntax
|
|
@section Syntax
|
|
|
|
@cindex M680x0 syntax
|
|
@cindex syntax, M680x0
|
|
@cindex M680x0 size modifiers
|
|
@cindex size modifiers, M680x0
|
|
The 680x0 version of @code{@value{AS}} uses syntax similar to the Sun assembler.
|
|
Size modifiers are appended directly to the end of the opcode without an
|
|
intervening period. For example, write @samp{movl} rather than
|
|
@samp{move.l}.
|
|
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
|
If @code{@value{AS}} is compiled with SUN_ASM_SYNTAX defined, it will also allow
|
|
Sun-style local labels of the form @samp{1$} through @samp{$9}.
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
In the following table @dfn{apc} stands for any of the address
|
|
registers (@samp{a0} through @samp{a7}), nothing, (@samp{}), the
|
|
Program Counter (@samp{pc}), or the zero-address relative to the
|
|
program counter (@samp{zpc}).
|
|
|
|
@cindex M680x0 addressing modes
|
|
@cindex addressing modes, M680x0
|
|
The following addressing modes are understood:
|
|
@table @dfn
|
|
@item Immediate
|
|
@samp{#@var{digits}}
|
|
|
|
@item Data Register
|
|
@samp{d0} through @samp{d7}
|
|
|
|
@item Address Register
|
|
@samp{a0} through @samp{a7}
|
|
|
|
@item Address Register Indirect
|
|
@samp{a0@@} through @samp{a7@@}
|
|
|
|
@item Address Register Postincrement
|
|
@samp{a0@@+} through @samp{a7@@+}
|
|
|
|
@item Address Register Predecrement
|
|
@samp{a0@@-} through @samp{a7@@-}
|
|
|
|
@item Indirect Plus Offset
|
|
@samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{digits})}
|
|
|
|
@item Index
|
|
@samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{digits},@var{register}:@var{size}:@var{scale})}
|
|
|
|
or @samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{register}:@var{size}:@var{scale})}
|
|
|
|
@item Postindex
|
|
@samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{digits})@@(@var{digits},@var{register}:@var{size}:@var{scale})}
|
|
|
|
or @samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{digits})@@(@var{register}:@var{size}:@var{scale})}
|
|
|
|
@item Preindex
|
|
@samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{digits},@var{register}:@var{size}:@var{scale})@@(@var{digits})}
|
|
|
|
or @samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{register}:@var{size}:@var{scale})@@(@var{digits})}
|
|
|
|
@item Memory Indirect
|
|
@samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{digits})@@(@var{digits})}
|
|
|
|
@item Absolute
|
|
@samp{@var{symbol}}, or @samp{@var{digits}}
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@c pesch@cygnus.com: gnu, rich concur the following needs careful
|
|
@c research before documenting.
|
|
, or either of the above followed
|
|
by @samp{:b}, @samp{:w}, or @samp{:l}.
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node M68K-Float
|
|
@section Floating Point
|
|
|
|
@cindex floating point, M680x0
|
|
@cindex M680x0 floating point
|
|
@c FIXME is this "not too well tested" crud STILL true?
|
|
The floating point code is not too well tested, and may have
|
|
subtle bugs in it.
|
|
|
|
Packed decimal (P) format floating literals are not supported.
|
|
Feel free to add the code!
|
|
|
|
The floating point formats generated by directives are these.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item .float
|
|
@cindex @code{float} directive, M680x0
|
|
@code{Single} precision floating point constants.
|
|
|
|
@item .double
|
|
@cindex @code{double} directive, M680x0
|
|
@code{Double} precision floating point constants.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
There is no directive to produce regions of memory holding
|
|
extended precision numbers, however they can be used as
|
|
immediate operands to floating-point instructions. Adding a
|
|
directive to create extended precision numbers would not be
|
|
hard, but it has not yet seemed necessary.
|
|
|
|
@node M68K-Directives
|
|
@section 680x0 Machine Directives
|
|
|
|
@cindex M680x0 directives
|
|
@cindex directives, M680x0
|
|
In order to be compatible with the Sun assembler the 680x0 assembler
|
|
understands the following directives.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item .data1
|
|
@cindex @code{data1} directive, M680x0
|
|
This directive is identical to a @code{.data 1} directive.
|
|
|
|
@item .data2
|
|
@cindex @code{data2} directive, M680x0
|
|
This directive is identical to a @code{.data 2} directive.
|
|
|
|
@item .even
|
|
@cindex @code{even} directive, M680x0
|
|
This directive is identical to a @code{.align 1} directive.
|
|
@c Is this true? does it work???
|
|
|
|
@item .skip
|
|
@cindex @code{skip} directive, M680x0
|
|
This directive is identical to a @code{.space} directive.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node M68K-opcodes
|
|
@section Opcodes
|
|
|
|
@cindex M680x0 opcodes
|
|
@cindex opcodes, M680x0
|
|
@cindex instruction set, M680x0
|
|
@c pesch@cygnus.com: I don't see any point in the following
|
|
@c paragraph. Bugs are bugs; how does saying this
|
|
@c help anyone?
|
|
@ignore
|
|
Danger: Several bugs have been found in the opcode table (and
|
|
fixed). More bugs may exist. Be careful when using obscure
|
|
instructions.
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* M68K-Branch:: Branch Improvement
|
|
* M68K-Chars:: Special Characters
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node M68K-Branch
|
|
@subsection Branch Improvement
|
|
|
|
@cindex pseudo-opcodes, M680x0
|
|
@cindex M680x0 pseudo-opcodes
|
|
@cindex branch improvement, M680x0
|
|
@cindex M680x0 branch improvement
|
|
Certain pseudo opcodes are permitted for branch instructions.
|
|
They expand to the shortest branch instruction that will reach the
|
|
target. Generally these mnemonics are made by substituting @samp{j} for
|
|
@samp{b} at the start of a Motorola mnemonic.
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the pseudo-operations. A @code{*} flags
|
|
cases that are more fully described after the table:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
Displacement
|
|
+-------------------------------------------------
|
|
| 68020 68000/10
|
|
Pseudo-Op |BYTE WORD LONG LONG non-PC relative
|
|
+-------------------------------------------------
|
|
jbsr |bsrs bsr bsrl jsr jsr
|
|
jra |bras bra bral jmp jmp
|
|
* jXX |bXXs bXX bXXl bNXs;jmpl bNXs;jmp
|
|
* dbXX |dbXX dbXX dbXX; bra; jmpl
|
|
* fjXX |fbXXw fbXXw fbXXl fbNXw;jmp
|
|
|
|
XX: condition
|
|
NX: negative of condition XX
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
@center @code{*}---see full description below
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item jbsr
|
|
@itemx jra
|
|
These are the simplest jump pseudo-operations; they always map to one
|
|
particular machine instruction, depending on the displacement to the
|
|
branch target.
|
|
|
|
@item j@var{XX}
|
|
Here, @samp{j@var{XX}} stands for an entire family of pseudo-operations,
|
|
where @var{XX} is a conditional branch or condition-code test. The full
|
|
list of pseudo-ops in this family is:
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
jhi jls jcc jcs jne jeq jvc
|
|
jvs jpl jmi jge jlt jgt jle
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
For the cases of non-PC relative displacements and long displacements on
|
|
the 68000 or 68010, @code{@value{AS}} will issue a longer code fragment in terms of
|
|
@var{NX}, the opposite condition to @var{XX}. For example, for the
|
|
non-PC relative case:
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
j@var{XX} foo
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
gives
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
b@var{NX}s oof
|
|
jmp foo
|
|
oof:
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@item db@var{XX}
|
|
The full family of pseudo-operations covered here is
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
dbhi dbls dbcc dbcs dbne dbeq dbvc
|
|
dbvs dbpl dbmi dbge dblt dbgt dble
|
|
dbf dbra dbt
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
Other than for word and byte displacements, when the source reads
|
|
@samp{db@var{XX} foo}, @code{@value{AS}} will emit
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
db@var{XX} oo1
|
|
bra oo2
|
|
oo1:jmpl foo
|
|
oo2:
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@item fj@var{XX}
|
|
This family includes
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
fjne fjeq fjge fjlt fjgt fjle fjf
|
|
fjt fjgl fjgle fjnge fjngl fjngle fjngt
|
|
fjnle fjnlt fjoge fjogl fjogt fjole fjolt
|
|
fjor fjseq fjsf fjsne fjst fjueq fjuge
|
|
fjugt fjule fjult fjun
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
For branch targets that are not PC relative, @code{@value{AS}} emits
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
fb@var{NX} oof
|
|
jmp foo
|
|
oof:
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
when it encounters @samp{fj@var{XX} foo}.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node M68K-Chars
|
|
@subsection Special Characters
|
|
|
|
@cindex special characters, M680x0
|
|
@cindex M680x0 immediate character
|
|
@cindex immediate character, M680x0
|
|
@cindex M680x0 line comment character
|
|
@cindex line comment character, M680x0
|
|
@cindex comments, M680x0
|
|
The immediate character is @samp{#} for Sun compatibility. The
|
|
line-comment character is @samp{|}. If a @samp{#} appears at the
|
|
beginning of a line, it is treated as a comment unless it looks like
|
|
@samp{# line file}, in which case it is treated normally.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@c FIXME! Stop ignoring when filled in.
|
|
@node 32x32
|
|
@chapter 32x32
|
|
|
|
@section Options
|
|
The 32x32 version of @code{@value{AS}} accepts a @kbd{-m32032} option to
|
|
specify thiat it is compiling for a 32032 processor, or a
|
|
@kbd{-m32532} to specify that it is compiling for a 32532 option.
|
|
The default (if neither is specified) is chosen when the assembler
|
|
is compiled.
|
|
|
|
@section Syntax
|
|
I don't know anything about the 32x32 syntax assembled by
|
|
@code{@value{AS}}. Someone who undersands the processor (I've never seen
|
|
one) and the possible syntaxes should write this section.
|
|
|
|
@section Floating Point
|
|
The 32x32 uses @sc{ieee} floating point numbers, but @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
will only create single or double precision values. I don't know if the
|
|
32x32 understands extended precision numbers.
|
|
|
|
@section 32x32 Machine Directives
|
|
The 32x32 has no machine dependent directives.
|
|
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
@ifset SPARC
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@page
|
|
@node Sparc-Dependent
|
|
@chapter SPARC Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@node Machine Dependencies
|
|
@chapter SPARC Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@cindex SPARC support
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Sparc-Opts:: Options
|
|
* Sparc-Float:: Floating Point
|
|
* Sparc-Directives:: Sparc Machine Directives
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Sparc-Opts
|
|
@section Options
|
|
|
|
@cindex options for SPARC
|
|
@cindex SPARC options
|
|
@cindex architectures, SPARC
|
|
@cindex SPARC architectures
|
|
The SPARC chip family includes several successive levels (or other
|
|
variants) of chip, using the same core instruction set, but including
|
|
a few additional instructions at each level.
|
|
|
|
By default, @code{@value{AS}} assumes the core instruction set (SPARC
|
|
v6), but ``bumps'' the architecture level as needed: it switches to
|
|
successively higher architectures as it encounters instructions that
|
|
only exist in the higher levels.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclite
|
|
@kindex -Av6
|
|
@kindex Av7
|
|
@kindex -Av8
|
|
@kindex -Asparclite
|
|
Use one of the @samp{-A} options to select one of the SPARC
|
|
architectures explicitly. If you select an architecture explicitly,
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} reports a fatal error if it encounters an instruction
|
|
or feature requiring a higher level.
|
|
|
|
@item -bump
|
|
Permit the assembler to ``bump'' the architecture level as required, but
|
|
warn whenever it is necessary to switch to another level.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@c FIXME: (sparc) Fill in "syntax" section!
|
|
@c subsection syntax
|
|
I don't know anything about Sparc syntax. Someone who does
|
|
will have to write this section.
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@node Sparc-Float
|
|
@section Floating Point
|
|
|
|
@cindex floating point, SPARC (@sc{ieee})
|
|
@cindex SPARC floating point (@sc{ieee})
|
|
The Sparc uses @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers.
|
|
|
|
@node Sparc-Directives
|
|
@section Sparc Machine Directives
|
|
|
|
@cindex SPARC machine directives
|
|
@cindex machine directives, SPARC
|
|
The Sparc version of @code{@value{AS}} supports the following additional
|
|
machine directives:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item .common
|
|
@cindex @code{common} directive, SPARC
|
|
This must be followed by a symbol name, a positive number, and
|
|
@code{"bss"}. This behaves somewhat like @code{.comm}, but the
|
|
syntax is different.
|
|
|
|
@item .half
|
|
@cindex @code{half} directive, SPARC
|
|
This is functionally identical to @code{.short}.
|
|
|
|
@item .proc
|
|
@cindex @code{proc} directive, SPARC
|
|
This directive is ignored. Any text following it on the same
|
|
line is also ignored.
|
|
|
|
@item .reserve
|
|
@cindex @code{reserve} directive, SPARC
|
|
This must be followed by a symbol name, a positive number, and
|
|
@code{"bss"}. This behaves somewhat like @code{.lcomm}, but the
|
|
syntax is different.
|
|
|
|
@item .seg
|
|
@cindex @code{seg} directive, SPARC
|
|
This must be followed by @code{"text"}, @code{"data"}, or
|
|
@code{"data1"}. It behaves like @code{.text}, @code{.data}, or
|
|
@code{.data 1}.
|
|
|
|
@item .skip
|
|
@cindex @code{skip} directive, SPARC
|
|
This is functionally identical to the @code{.space} directive.
|
|
|
|
@item .word
|
|
@cindex @code{word} directive, SPARC
|
|
On the Sparc, the .word directive produces 32 bit values,
|
|
instead of the 16 bit values it produces on many other machines.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset I80386
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@page
|
|
@node i386-Dependent
|
|
@chapter 80386 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@node Machine Dependencies
|
|
@chapter 80386 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@cindex i386 support
|
|
@cindex i80306 support
|
|
@menu
|
|
* i386-Options:: Options
|
|
* i386-Syntax:: AT&T Syntax versus Intel Syntax
|
|
* i386-Opcodes:: Opcode Naming
|
|
* i386-Regs:: Register Naming
|
|
* i386-prefixes:: Opcode Prefixes
|
|
* i386-Memory:: Memory References
|
|
* i386-jumps:: Handling of Jump Instructions
|
|
* i386-Float:: Floating Point
|
|
* i386-Notes:: Notes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node i386-Options
|
|
@section Options
|
|
|
|
@cindex options for i386 (none)
|
|
@cindex i386 options (none)
|
|
The 80386 has no machine dependent options.
|
|
|
|
@node i386-Syntax
|
|
@section AT&T Syntax versus Intel Syntax
|
|
|
|
@cindex i386 syntax compatibility
|
|
@cindex syntax compatibility, i386
|
|
In order to maintain compatibility with the output of @code{@value{GCC}},
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} supports AT&T System V/386 assembler syntax. This is quite
|
|
different from Intel syntax. We mention these differences because
|
|
almost all 80386 documents used only Intel syntax. Notable differences
|
|
between the two syntaxes are:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex immediate operands, i386
|
|
@cindex i386 immediate operands
|
|
@cindex register operands, i386
|
|
@cindex i386 register operands
|
|
@cindex jump/call operands, i386
|
|
@cindex i386 jump/call operands
|
|
@cindex operand delimiters, i386
|
|
AT&T immediate operands are preceded by @samp{$}; Intel immediate
|
|
operands are undelimited (Intel @samp{push 4} is AT&T @samp{pushl $4}).
|
|
AT&T register operands are preceded by @samp{%}; Intel register operands
|
|
are undelimited. AT&T absolute (as opposed to PC relative) jump/call
|
|
operands are prefixed by @samp{*}; they are undelimited in Intel syntax.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex i386 source, destination operands
|
|
@cindex source, destination operands; i386
|
|
AT&T and Intel syntax use the opposite order for source and destination
|
|
operands. Intel @samp{add eax, 4} is @samp{addl $4, %eax}. The
|
|
@samp{source, dest} convention is maintained for compatibility with
|
|
previous Unix assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex opcode suffixes, i386
|
|
@cindex sizes operands, i386
|
|
@cindex i386 size suffixes
|
|
In AT&T syntax the size of memory operands is determined from the last
|
|
character of the opcode name. Opcode suffixes of @samp{b}, @samp{w},
|
|
and @samp{l} specify byte (8-bit), word (16-bit), and long (32-bit)
|
|
memory references. Intel syntax accomplishes this by prefixes memory
|
|
operands (@emph{not} the opcodes themselves) with @samp{byte ptr},
|
|
@samp{word ptr}, and @samp{dword ptr}. Thus, Intel @samp{mov al, byte
|
|
ptr @var{foo}} is @samp{movb @var{foo}, %al} in AT&T syntax.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex return instructions, i386
|
|
@cindex i386 jump, call, return
|
|
Immediate form long jumps and calls are
|
|
@samp{lcall/ljmp $@var{section}, $@var{offset}} in AT&T syntax; the
|
|
Intel syntax is
|
|
@samp{call/jmp far @var{section}:@var{offset}}. Also, the far return
|
|
instruction
|
|
is @samp{lret $@var{stack-adjust}} in AT&T syntax; Intel syntax is
|
|
@samp{ret far @var{stack-adjust}}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex sections, i386
|
|
@cindex i386 sections
|
|
The AT&T assembler does not provide support for multiple section
|
|
programs. Unix style systems expect all programs to be single sections.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@node i386-Opcodes
|
|
@section Opcode Naming
|
|
|
|
@cindex i386 opcode naming
|
|
@cindex opcode naming, i386
|
|
Opcode names are suffixed with one character modifiers which specify the
|
|
size of operands. The letters @samp{b}, @samp{w}, and @samp{l} specify
|
|
byte, word, and long operands. If no suffix is specified by an
|
|
instruction and it contains no memory operands then @code{@value{AS}} tries to
|
|
fill in the missing suffix based on the destination register operand
|
|
(the last one by convention). Thus, @samp{mov %ax, %bx} is equivalent
|
|
to @samp{movw %ax, %bx}; also, @samp{mov $1, %bx} is equivalent to
|
|
@samp{movw $1, %bx}. Note that this is incompatible with the AT&T Unix
|
|
assembler which assumes that a missing opcode suffix implies long
|
|
operand size. (This incompatibility does not affect compiler output
|
|
since compilers always explicitly specify the opcode suffix.)
|
|
|
|
Almost all opcodes have the same names in AT&T and Intel format. There
|
|
are a few exceptions. The sign extend and zero extend instructions need
|
|
two sizes to specify them. They need a size to sign/zero extend
|
|
@emph{from} and a size to zero extend @emph{to}. This is accomplished
|
|
by using two opcode suffixes in AT&T syntax. Base names for sign extend
|
|
and zero extend are @samp{movs@dots{}} and @samp{movz@dots{}} in AT&T
|
|
syntax (@samp{movsx} and @samp{movzx} in Intel syntax). The opcode
|
|
suffixes are tacked on to this base name, the @emph{from} suffix before
|
|
the @emph{to} suffix. Thus, @samp{movsbl %al, %edx} is AT&T syntax for
|
|
``move sign extend @emph{from} %al @emph{to} %edx.'' Possible suffixes,
|
|
thus, are @samp{bl} (from byte to long), @samp{bw} (from byte to word),
|
|
and @samp{wl} (from word to long).
|
|
|
|
@cindex conversion instructions, i386
|
|
@cindex i386 conversion instructions
|
|
The Intel-syntax conversion instructions
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
@samp{cbw} --- sign-extend byte in @samp{%al} to word in @samp{%ax},
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@samp{cwde} --- sign-extend word in @samp{%ax} to long in @samp{%eax},
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@samp{cwd} --- sign-extend word in @samp{%ax} to long in @samp{%dx:%ax},
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@samp{cdq} --- sign-extend dword in @samp{%eax} to quad in @samp{%edx:%eax},
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
are called @samp{cbtw}, @samp{cwtl}, @samp{cwtd}, and @samp{cltd} in
|
|
AT&T naming. @code{@value{AS}} accepts either naming for these instructions.
|
|
|
|
@cindex jump instructions, i386
|
|
@cindex call instructions, i386
|
|
Far call/jump instructions are @samp{lcall} and @samp{ljmp} in
|
|
AT&T syntax, but are @samp{call far} and @samp{jump far} in Intel
|
|
convention.
|
|
|
|
@node i386-Regs
|
|
@section Register Naming
|
|
|
|
@cindex i386 registers
|
|
@cindex registers, i386
|
|
Register operands are always prefixes with @samp{%}. The 80386 registers
|
|
consist of
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
the 8 32-bit registers @samp{%eax} (the accumulator), @samp{%ebx},
|
|
@samp{%ecx}, @samp{%edx}, @samp{%edi}, @samp{%esi}, @samp{%ebp} (the
|
|
frame pointer), and @samp{%esp} (the stack pointer).
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
the 8 16-bit low-ends of these: @samp{%ax}, @samp{%bx}, @samp{%cx},
|
|
@samp{%dx}, @samp{%di}, @samp{%si}, @samp{%bp}, and @samp{%sp}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
the 8 8-bit registers: @samp{%ah}, @samp{%al}, @samp{%bh},
|
|
@samp{%bl}, @samp{%ch}, @samp{%cl}, @samp{%dh}, and @samp{%dl} (These
|
|
are the high-bytes and low-bytes of @samp{%ax}, @samp{%bx},
|
|
@samp{%cx}, and @samp{%dx})
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
the 6 section registers @samp{%cs} (code section), @samp{%ds}
|
|
(data section), @samp{%ss} (stack section), @samp{%es}, @samp{%fs},
|
|
and @samp{%gs}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
the 3 processor control registers @samp{%cr0}, @samp{%cr2}, and
|
|
@samp{%cr3}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
the 6 debug registers @samp{%db0}, @samp{%db1}, @samp{%db2},
|
|
@samp{%db3}, @samp{%db6}, and @samp{%db7}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
the 2 test registers @samp{%tr6} and @samp{%tr7}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
the 8 floating point register stack @samp{%st} or equivalently
|
|
@samp{%st(0)}, @samp{%st(1)}, @samp{%st(2)}, @samp{%st(3)},
|
|
@samp{%st(4)}, @samp{%st(5)}, @samp{%st(6)}, and @samp{%st(7)}.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@node i386-prefixes
|
|
@section Opcode Prefixes
|
|
|
|
@cindex i386 opcode prefixes
|
|
@cindex opcode prefixes, i386
|
|
@cindex prefixes, i386
|
|
Opcode prefixes are used to modify the following opcode. They are used
|
|
to repeat string instructions, to provide section overrides, to perform
|
|
bus lock operations, and to give operand and address size (16-bit
|
|
operands are specified in an instruction by prefixing what would
|
|
normally be 32-bit operands with a ``operand size'' opcode prefix).
|
|
Opcode prefixes are usually given as single-line instructions with no
|
|
operands, and must directly precede the instruction they act upon. For
|
|
example, the @samp{scas} (scan string) instruction is repeated with:
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
repne
|
|
scas
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
Here is a list of opcode prefixes:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex section override prefixes, i386
|
|
Section override prefixes @samp{cs}, @samp{ds}, @samp{ss}, @samp{es},
|
|
@samp{fs}, @samp{gs}. These are automatically added by specifying
|
|
using the @var{section}:@var{memory-operand} form for memory references.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex size prefixes, i386
|
|
Operand/Address size prefixes @samp{data16} and @samp{addr16}
|
|
change 32-bit operands/addresses into 16-bit operands/addresses. Note
|
|
that 16-bit addressing modes (i.e. 8086 and 80286 addressing modes)
|
|
are not supported (yet).
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex bus lock prefixes, i386
|
|
@cindex inhibiting interrupts, i386
|
|
The bus lock prefix @samp{lock} inhibits interrupts during
|
|
execution of the instruction it precedes. (This is only valid with
|
|
certain instructions; see a 80386 manual for details).
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex coprocessor wait, i386
|
|
The wait for coprocessor prefix @samp{wait} waits for the
|
|
coprocessor to complete the current instruction. This should never be
|
|
needed for the 80386/80387 combination.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex repeat prefixes, i386
|
|
The @samp{rep}, @samp{repe}, and @samp{repne} prefixes are added
|
|
to string instructions to make them repeat @samp{%ecx} times.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@node i386-Memory
|
|
@section Memory References
|
|
|
|
@cindex i386 memory references
|
|
@cindex memory references, i386
|
|
An Intel syntax indirect memory reference of the form
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@var{section}:[@var{base} + @var{index}*@var{scale} + @var{disp}]
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
is translated into the AT&T syntax
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@var{section}:@var{disp}(@var{base}, @var{index}, @var{scale})
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
where @var{base} and @var{index} are the optional 32-bit base and
|
|
index registers, @var{disp} is the optional displacement, and
|
|
@var{scale}, taking the values 1, 2, 4, and 8, multiplies @var{index}
|
|
to calculate the address of the operand. If no @var{scale} is
|
|
specified, @var{scale} is taken to be 1. @var{section} specifies the
|
|
optional section register for the memory operand, and may override the
|
|
default section register (see a 80386 manual for section register
|
|
defaults). Note that section overrides in AT&T syntax @emph{must} have
|
|
be preceded by a @samp{%}. If you specify a section override which
|
|
coincides with the default section register, @code{@value{AS}} will @emph{not}
|
|
output any section register override prefixes to assemble the given
|
|
instruction. Thus, section overrides can be specified to emphasize which
|
|
section register is used for a given memory operand.
|
|
|
|
Here are some examples of Intel and AT&T style memory references:
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
@item AT&T: @samp{-4(%ebp)}, Intel: @samp{[ebp - 4]}
|
|
@var{base} is @samp{%ebp}; @var{disp} is @samp{-4}. @var{section} is
|
|
missing, and the default section is used (@samp{%ss} for addressing with
|
|
@samp{%ebp} as the base register). @var{index}, @var{scale} are both missing.
|
|
|
|
@item AT&T: @samp{foo(,%eax,4)}, Intel: @samp{[foo + eax*4]}
|
|
@var{index} is @samp{%eax} (scaled by a @var{scale} 4); @var{disp} is
|
|
@samp{foo}. All other fields are missing. The section register here
|
|
defaults to @samp{%ds}.
|
|
|
|
@item AT&T: @samp{foo(,1)}; Intel @samp{[foo]}
|
|
This uses the value pointed to by @samp{foo} as a memory operand.
|
|
Note that @var{base} and @var{index} are both missing, but there is only
|
|
@emph{one} @samp{,}. This is a syntactic exception.
|
|
|
|
@item AT&T: @samp{%gs:foo}; Intel @samp{gs:foo}
|
|
This selects the contents of the variable @samp{foo} with section
|
|
register @var{section} being @samp{%gs}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Absolute (as opposed to PC relative) call and jump operands must be
|
|
prefixed with @samp{*}. If no @samp{*} is specified, @code{@value{AS}} will
|
|
always choose PC relative addressing for jump/call labels.
|
|
|
|
Any instruction that has a memory operand @emph{must} specify its size (byte,
|
|
word, or long) with an opcode suffix (@samp{b}, @samp{w}, or @samp{l},
|
|
respectively).
|
|
|
|
@node i386-jumps
|
|
@section Handling of Jump Instructions
|
|
|
|
@cindex jump optimization, i386
|
|
@cindex i386 jump optimization
|
|
Jump instructions are always optimized to use the smallest possible
|
|
displacements. This is accomplished by using byte (8-bit) displacement
|
|
jumps whenever the target is sufficiently close. If a byte displacement
|
|
is insufficient a long (32-bit) displacement is used. We do not support
|
|
word (16-bit) displacement jumps (i.e. prefixing the jump instruction
|
|
with the @samp{addr16} opcode prefix), since the 80386 insists upon masking
|
|
@samp{%eip} to 16 bits after the word displacement is added.
|
|
|
|
Note that the @samp{jcxz}, @samp{jecxz}, @samp{loop}, @samp{loopz},
|
|
@samp{loope}, @samp{loopnz} and @samp{loopne} instructions only come in
|
|
byte displacements, so that it is possible that use of these
|
|
instructions (@code{@value{GCC}} does not use them) will cause the assembler to
|
|
print an error message (and generate incorrect code). The AT&T 80386
|
|
assembler tries to get around this problem by expanding @samp{jcxz foo} to
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
jcxz cx_zero
|
|
jmp cx_nonzero
|
|
cx_zero: jmp foo
|
|
cx_nonzero:
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@node i386-Float
|
|
@section Floating Point
|
|
|
|
@cindex i386 floating point
|
|
@cindex floating point, i386
|
|
All 80387 floating point types except packed BCD are supported.
|
|
(BCD support may be added without much difficulty). These data
|
|
types are 16-, 32-, and 64- bit integers, and single (32-bit),
|
|
double (64-bit), and extended (80-bit) precision floating point.
|
|
Each supported type has an opcode suffix and a constructor
|
|
associated with it. Opcode suffixes specify operand's data
|
|
types. Constructors build these data types into memory.
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex @code{float} directive, i386
|
|
@cindex @code{single} directive, i386
|
|
@cindex @code{double} directive, i386
|
|
@cindex @code{tfloat} directive, i386
|
|
Floating point constructors are @samp{.float} or @samp{.single},
|
|
@samp{.double}, and @samp{.tfloat} for 32-, 64-, and 80-bit formats.
|
|
These correspond to opcode suffixes @samp{s}, @samp{l}, and @samp{t}.
|
|
@samp{t} stands for temporary real, and that the 80387 only supports
|
|
this format via the @samp{fldt} (load temporary real to stack top) and
|
|
@samp{fstpt} (store temporary real and pop stack) instructions.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex @code{word} directive, i386
|
|
@cindex @code{long} directive, i386
|
|
@cindex @code{int} directive, i386
|
|
@cindex @code{quad} directive, i386
|
|
Integer constructors are @samp{.word}, @samp{.long} or @samp{.int}, and
|
|
@samp{.quad} for the 16-, 32-, and 64-bit integer formats. The corresponding
|
|
opcode suffixes are @samp{s} (single), @samp{l} (long), and @samp{q}
|
|
(quad). As with the temporary real format the 64-bit @samp{q} format is
|
|
only present in the @samp{fildq} (load quad integer to stack top) and
|
|
@samp{fistpq} (store quad integer and pop stack) instructions.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
Register to register operations do not require opcode suffixes,
|
|
so that @samp{fst %st, %st(1)} is equivalent to @samp{fstl %st, %st(1)}.
|
|
|
|
@cindex i386 @code{fwait} instruction
|
|
@cindex @code{fwait instruction}, i386
|
|
Since the 80387 automatically synchronizes with the 80386 @samp{fwait}
|
|
instructions are almost never needed (this is not the case for the
|
|
80286/80287 and 8086/8087 combinations). Therefore, @code{@value{AS}} suppresses
|
|
the @samp{fwait} instruction whenever it is implicitly selected by one
|
|
of the @samp{fn@dots{}} instructions. For example, @samp{fsave} and
|
|
@samp{fnsave} are treated identically. In general, all the @samp{fn@dots{}}
|
|
instructions are made equivalent to @samp{f@dots{}} instructions. If
|
|
@samp{fwait} is desired it must be explicitly coded.
|
|
|
|
@node i386-Notes
|
|
@section Notes
|
|
|
|
@cindex i386 @code{mul}, @code{imul} instructions
|
|
@cindex @code{mul} instruction, i386
|
|
@cindex @code{imul} instruction, i386
|
|
There is some trickery concerning the @samp{mul} and @samp{imul}
|
|
instructions that deserves mention. The 16-, 32-, and 64-bit expanding
|
|
multiplies (base opcode @samp{0xf6}; extension 4 for @samp{mul} and 5
|
|
for @samp{imul}) can be output only in the one operand form. Thus,
|
|
@samp{imul %ebx, %eax} does @emph{not} select the expanding multiply;
|
|
the expanding multiply would clobber the @samp{%edx} register, and this
|
|
would confuse @code{@value{GCC}} output. Use @samp{imul %ebx} to get the
|
|
64-bit product in @samp{%edx:%eax}.
|
|
|
|
We have added a two operand form of @samp{imul} when the first operand
|
|
is an immediate mode expression and the second operand is a register.
|
|
This is just a shorthand, so that, multiplying @samp{%eax} by 69, for
|
|
example, can be done with @samp{imul $69, %eax} rather than @samp{imul
|
|
$69, %eax, %eax}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset Z8000
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@page
|
|
@node Z8000-Dependent
|
|
@chapter Z8000 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
@node Machine Dependencies
|
|
@chapter Z8000 Dependent Features
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@cindex Z8000 support
|
|
The Z8000 @value{AS} supports both members of the Z8000 family: the
|
|
unsegmented Z8002, with 16 bit addresses, and the segmented Z8001 with
|
|
24 bit addresses.
|
|
|
|
When the assembler is in unsegmented mode (specified with the
|
|
@code{unsegm} directive), an address will take up one word (16 bit)
|
|
sized register. When the assembler is in segmented mode (specified with
|
|
the @code{segm} directive), a 24-bit address takes up a long (32 bit)
|
|
register. @xref{Z8000 Directives,,Assembler Directives for the Z8000},
|
|
for a list of other Z8000 specific assembler directives.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Z8000 Options:: No special command-line options for Z8000
|
|
* Z8000 Syntax:: Assembler syntax for the Z8000
|
|
* Z8000 Directives:: Special directives for the Z8000
|
|
* Z8000 Opcodes:: Opcodes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Z8000 Options
|
|
@section Options
|
|
|
|
@cindex Z8000 options
|
|
@cindex options, Z8000
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} has no additional command-line options for the Zilog
|
|
Z8000 family.
|
|
|
|
@node Z8000 Syntax
|
|
@section Syntax
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Z8000-Chars:: Special Characters
|
|
* Z8000-Regs:: Register Names
|
|
* Z8000-Addressing:: Addressing Modes
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Z8000-Chars
|
|
@subsection Special Characters
|
|
|
|
@cindex line comment character, Z8000
|
|
@cindex Z8000 line comment character
|
|
@samp{!} is the line comment character.
|
|
|
|
@cindex line separator, Z8000
|
|
@cindex statement separator, Z8000
|
|
@cindex Z8000 line separator
|
|
You can use @samp{;} instead of a newline to separate statements.
|
|
|
|
@node Z8000-Regs
|
|
@subsection Register Names
|
|
|
|
@cindex Z8000 registers
|
|
@cindex registers, Z8000
|
|
The Z8000 has sixteen 16 bit registers, numbered 0 to 15. You can refer
|
|
to different sized groups of registers by register number, with the
|
|
prefix @samp{r} for 16 bit registers, @samp{rr} for 32 bit registers and
|
|
@samp{rq} for 64 bit registers. You can also refer to the contents of
|
|
the first eight (of the sixteen 16 bit registers) by bytes. They are
|
|
named @samp{r@var{n}h} and @samp{r@var{n}l}.
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@exdent @emph{byte registers}
|
|
r0l r0h r1h r1l r2h r2l r3h r3l
|
|
r4h r4l r5h r5l r6h r6l r7h r7l
|
|
|
|
@exdent @emph{word registers}
|
|
r0 r1 r2 r3 r4 r5 r6 r7 r8 r9 r10 r11 r12 r13 r14 r15
|
|
|
|
@exdent @emph{long word registers}
|
|
rr0 rr2 rr4 rr6 rr8 rr10 rr12 rr14
|
|
|
|
@exdent @emph{quad word registers}
|
|
rq0 rq4 rq8 rq12
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@node Z8000-Addressing
|
|
@subsection Addressing Modes
|
|
|
|
@cindex addressing modes, Z8000
|
|
@cindex Z800 addressing modes
|
|
@value{AS} understands the following addressing modes for the Z8000:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item r@var{n}
|
|
Register direct
|
|
|
|
@item @@r@var{n}
|
|
Indirect register
|
|
|
|
@item @var{addr}
|
|
Direct: the 16 bit or 24 bit address (depending on whether the assembler
|
|
is in segmented or unsegmented mode) of the operand is in the instruction.
|
|
|
|
@item address(r@var{n})
|
|
Indexed: the 16 or 24 bit address is added to the 16 bit register to produce
|
|
the final address in memory of the operand.
|
|
|
|
@item r@var{n}(#@var{imm})
|
|
Base Address: the 16 or 24 bit register is added to the 16 bit sign
|
|
extended immediate displacement to produce the final address in memory
|
|
of the operand.
|
|
|
|
@item r@var{n}(r@var{m})
|
|
Base Index: the 16 or 24 bit register r@var{n} is added to the sign
|
|
extended 16 bit index register r@var{m} to produce the final address in
|
|
memory of the operand.
|
|
|
|
@item #@var{xx}
|
|
Immediate data @var{xx}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Z8000 Directives
|
|
@section Assembler Directives for the Z8000
|
|
|
|
@cindex Z8000 directives
|
|
@cindex directives, Z8000
|
|
The Z8000 port of @value{AS} includes these additional assembler directives,
|
|
for compatibility with other Z8000 assemblers. As shown, these do not
|
|
begin with @samp{.} (unlike the ordinary @value{AS} directives).
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item segm
|
|
@kindex segm
|
|
Generates code for the segmented Z8001.
|
|
|
|
@item unsegm
|
|
@kindex unsegm
|
|
Generates code for the unsegmented Z8002.
|
|
|
|
@item name
|
|
@kindex name
|
|
Synonym for @code{.file}
|
|
|
|
@item global
|
|
@kindex global
|
|
Synonum for @code{.global}
|
|
|
|
@item wval
|
|
@kindex wval
|
|
Synonym for @code{.word}
|
|
|
|
@item lval
|
|
@kindex lval
|
|
Synonym for @code{.long}
|
|
|
|
@item bval
|
|
@kindex bval
|
|
Synonym for @code{.byte}
|
|
|
|
@item sval
|
|
@kindex sval
|
|
Assemble a string. @code{sval} expects one string literal, delimited by
|
|
single quotes. It assembles each byte of the string into consecutive
|
|
addresses. You can use the escape sequence @samp{%@var{xx}} (where
|
|
@var{xx} represents a two-digit hexadecimal number) to represent the
|
|
character whose @sc{ascii} value is @var{xx}. Use this feature to
|
|
describe single quote and other characters that may not appear in string
|
|
literals as themselves. For example, the C statement @w{@samp{char *a =
|
|
"he said \"it's 50% off\"";}} is represented in Z8000 assembly language
|
|
(shown with the assembler output in hex at the left) as
|
|
|
|
@iftex
|
|
@begingroup
|
|
@let@nonarrowing=@comment
|
|
@end iftex
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
68652073 sval 'he said %22it%27s 50%25 off%22%00'
|
|
61696420
|
|
22697427
|
|
73203530
|
|
25206F66
|
|
662200
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
@iftex
|
|
@endgroup
|
|
@end iftex
|
|
|
|
@item rsect
|
|
@kindex rsect
|
|
synonym for @code{.section}
|
|
|
|
@item block
|
|
@kindex block
|
|
synonym for @code{.space}
|
|
|
|
@item even
|
|
@kindex even
|
|
synonym for @code{.align 1}
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Z8000 Opcodes
|
|
@section Opcodes
|
|
|
|
@cindex Z8000 opcode summary
|
|
@cindex opcode summary, Z8000
|
|
@cindex mnemonics, Z8000
|
|
@cindex instruction summary, Z8000
|
|
For detailed information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see
|
|
@cite{Z8000 Technical Manual}.
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the opcodes and their arguments:
|
|
@iftex
|
|
@begingroup
|
|
@let@nonarrowing=@comment
|
|
@end iftex
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
rs @r{16 bit source register}
|
|
rd @r{16 bit destination register}
|
|
rbs @r{8 bit source register}
|
|
rbd @r{8 bit destination register}
|
|
rrs @r{32 bit source register}
|
|
rrd @r{32 bit destination register}
|
|
rqs @r{64 bit source register}
|
|
rqd @r{64 bit destination register}
|
|
addr @r{16/24 bit address}
|
|
imm @r{immediate data}
|
|
|
|
adc rd,rs clrb addr cpsir @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc
|
|
adcb rbd,rbs clrb addr(rd) cpsirb @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc
|
|
add rd,@@rs clrb rbd dab rbd
|
|
add rd,addr com @@rd dbjnz rbd,disp7
|
|
add rd,addr(rs) com addr dec @@rd,imm4m1
|
|
add rd,imm16 com addr(rd) dec addr(rd),imm4m1
|
|
add rd,rs com rd dec addr,imm4m1
|
|
addb rbd,@@rs comb @@rd dec rd,imm4m1
|
|
addb rbd,addr comb addr decb @@rd,imm4m1
|
|
addb rbd,addr(rs) comb addr(rd) decb addr(rd),imm4m1
|
|
addb rbd,imm8 comb rbd decb addr,imm4m1
|
|
addb rbd,rbs comflg flags decb rbd,imm4m1
|
|
addl rrd,@@rs cp @@rd,imm16 di i2
|
|
addl rrd,addr cp addr(rd),imm16 div rrd,@@rs
|
|
addl rrd,addr(rs) cp addr,imm16 div rrd,addr
|
|
addl rrd,imm32 cp rd,@@rs div rrd,addr(rs)
|
|
addl rrd,rrs cp rd,addr div rrd,imm16
|
|
and rd,@@rs cp rd,addr(rs) div rrd,rs
|
|
and rd,addr cp rd,imm16 divl rqd,@@rs
|
|
and rd,addr(rs) cp rd,rs divl rqd,addr
|
|
and rd,imm16 cpb @@rd,imm8 divl rqd,addr(rs)
|
|
and rd,rs cpb addr(rd),imm8 divl rqd,imm32
|
|
andb rbd,@@rs cpb addr,imm8 divl rqd,rrs
|
|
andb rbd,addr cpb rbd,@@rs djnz rd,disp7
|
|
andb rbd,addr(rs) cpb rbd,addr ei i2
|
|
andb rbd,imm8 cpb rbd,addr(rs) ex rd,@@rs
|
|
andb rbd,rbs cpb rbd,imm8 ex rd,addr
|
|
bit @@rd,imm4 cpb rbd,rbs ex rd,addr(rs)
|
|
bit addr(rd),imm4 cpd rd,@@rs,rr,cc ex rd,rs
|
|
bit addr,imm4 cpdb rbd,@@rs,rr,cc exb rbd,@@rs
|
|
bit rd,imm4 cpdr rd,@@rs,rr,cc exb rbd,addr
|
|
bit rd,rs cpdrb rbd,@@rs,rr,cc exb rbd,addr(rs)
|
|
bitb @@rd,imm4 cpi rd,@@rs,rr,cc exb rbd,rbs
|
|
bitb addr(rd),imm4 cpib rbd,@@rs,rr,cc ext0e imm8
|
|
bitb addr,imm4 cpir rd,@@rs,rr,cc ext0f imm8
|
|
bitb rbd,imm4 cpirb rbd,@@rs,rr,cc ext8e imm8
|
|
bitb rbd,rs cpl rrd,@@rs ext8f imm8
|
|
bpt cpl rrd,addr exts rrd
|
|
call @@rd cpl rrd,addr(rs) extsb rd
|
|
call addr cpl rrd,imm32 extsl rqd
|
|
call addr(rd) cpl rrd,rrs halt
|
|
calr disp12 cpsd @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc in rd,@@rs
|
|
clr @@rd cpsdb @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc in rd,imm16
|
|
clr addr cpsdr @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc inb rbd,@@rs
|
|
clr addr(rd) cpsdrb @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc inb rbd,imm16
|
|
clr rd cpsi @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc inc @@rd,imm4m1
|
|
clrb @@rd cpsib @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc inc addr(rd),imm4m1
|
|
inc addr,imm4m1 ldb rbd,rs(rx) mult rrd,addr(rs)
|
|
inc rd,imm4m1 ldb rd(imm16),rbs mult rrd,imm16
|
|
incb @@rd,imm4m1 ldb rd(rx),rbs mult rrd,rs
|
|
incb addr(rd),imm4m1 ldctl ctrl,rs multl rqd,@@rs
|
|
incb addr,imm4m1 ldctl rd,ctrl multl rqd,addr
|
|
incb rbd,imm4m1 ldd @@rs,@@rd,rr multl rqd,addr(rs)
|
|
ind @@rd,@@rs,ra lddb @@rs,@@rd,rr multl rqd,imm32
|
|
indb @@rd,@@rs,rba lddr @@rs,@@rd,rr multl rqd,rrs
|
|
inib @@rd,@@rs,ra lddrb @@rs,@@rd,rr neg @@rd
|
|
inibr @@rd,@@rs,ra ldi @@rd,@@rs,rr neg addr
|
|
iret ldib @@rd,@@rs,rr neg addr(rd)
|
|
jp cc,@@rd ldir @@rd,@@rs,rr neg rd
|
|
jp cc,addr ldirb @@rd,@@rs,rr negb @@rd
|
|
jp cc,addr(rd) ldk rd,imm4 negb addr
|
|
jr cc,disp8 ldl @@rd,rrs negb addr(rd)
|
|
ld @@rd,imm16 ldl addr(rd),rrs negb rbd
|
|
ld @@rd,rs ldl addr,rrs nop
|
|
ld addr(rd),imm16 ldl rd(imm16),rrs or rd,@@rs
|
|
ld addr(rd),rs ldl rd(rx),rrs or rd,addr
|
|
ld addr,imm16 ldl rrd,@@rs or rd,addr(rs)
|
|
ld addr,rs ldl rrd,addr or rd,imm16
|
|
ld rd(imm16),rs ldl rrd,addr(rs) or rd,rs
|
|
ld rd(rx),rs ldl rrd,imm32 orb rbd,@@rs
|
|
ld rd,@@rs ldl rrd,rrs orb rbd,addr
|
|
ld rd,addr ldl rrd,rs(imm16) orb rbd,addr(rs)
|
|
ld rd,addr(rs) ldl rrd,rs(rx) orb rbd,imm8
|
|
ld rd,imm16 ldm @@rd,rs,n orb rbd,rbs
|
|
ld rd,rs ldm addr(rd),rs,n out @@rd,rs
|
|
ld rd,rs(imm16) ldm addr,rs,n out imm16,rs
|
|
ld rd,rs(rx) ldm rd,@@rs,n outb @@rd,rbs
|
|
lda rd,addr ldm rd,addr(rs),n outb imm16,rbs
|
|
lda rd,addr(rs) ldm rd,addr,n outd @@rd,@@rs,ra
|
|
lda rd,rs(imm16) ldps @@rs outdb @@rd,@@rs,rba
|
|
lda rd,rs(rx) ldps addr outib @@rd,@@rs,ra
|
|
ldar rd,disp16 ldps addr(rs) outibr @@rd,@@rs,ra
|
|
ldb @@rd,imm8 ldr disp16,rs pop @@rd,@@rs
|
|
ldb @@rd,rbs ldr rd,disp16 pop addr(rd),@@rs
|
|
ldb addr(rd),imm8 ldrb disp16,rbs pop addr,@@rs
|
|
ldb addr(rd),rbs ldrb rbd,disp16 pop rd,@@rs
|
|
ldb addr,imm8 ldrl disp16,rrs popl @@rd,@@rs
|
|
ldb addr,rbs ldrl rrd,disp16 popl addr(rd),@@rs
|
|
ldb rbd,@@rs mbit popl addr,@@rs
|
|
ldb rbd,addr mreq rd popl rrd,@@rs
|
|
ldb rbd,addr(rs) mres push @@rd,@@rs
|
|
ldb rbd,imm8 mset push @@rd,addr
|
|
ldb rbd,rbs mult rrd,@@rs push @@rd,addr(rs)
|
|
ldb rbd,rs(imm16) mult rrd,addr push @@rd,imm16
|
|
push @@rd,rs set addr,imm4 subl rrd,imm32
|
|
pushl @@rd,@@rs set rd,imm4 subl rrd,rrs
|
|
pushl @@rd,addr set rd,rs tcc cc,rd
|
|
pushl @@rd,addr(rs) setb @@rd,imm4 tccb cc,rbd
|
|
pushl @@rd,rrs setb addr(rd),imm4 test @@rd
|
|
res @@rd,imm4 setb addr,imm4 test addr
|
|
res addr(rd),imm4 setb rbd,imm4 test addr(rd)
|
|
res addr,imm4 setb rbd,rs test rd
|
|
res rd,imm4 setflg imm4 testb @@rd
|
|
res rd,rs sinb rbd,imm16 testb addr
|
|
resb @@rd,imm4 sinb rd,imm16 testb addr(rd)
|
|
resb addr(rd),imm4 sind @@rd,@@rs,ra testb rbd
|
|
resb addr,imm4 sindb @@rd,@@rs,rba testl @@rd
|
|
resb rbd,imm4 sinib @@rd,@@rs,ra testl addr
|
|
resb rbd,rs sinibr @@rd,@@rs,ra testl addr(rd)
|
|
resflg imm4 sla rd,imm8 testl rrd
|
|
ret cc slab rbd,imm8 trdb @@rd,@@rs,rba
|
|
rl rd,imm1or2 slal rrd,imm8 trdrb @@rd,@@rs,rba
|
|
rlb rbd,imm1or2 sll rd,imm8 trib @@rd,@@rs,rbr
|
|
rlc rd,imm1or2 sllb rbd,imm8 trirb @@rd,@@rs,rbr
|
|
rlcb rbd,imm1or2 slll rrd,imm8 trtdrb @@ra,@@rb,rbr
|
|
rldb rbb,rba sout imm16,rs trtib @@ra,@@rb,rr
|
|
rr rd,imm1or2 soutb imm16,rbs trtirb @@ra,@@rb,rbr
|
|
rrb rbd,imm1or2 soutd @@rd,@@rs,ra trtrb @@ra,@@rb,rbr
|
|
rrc rd,imm1or2 soutdb @@rd,@@rs,rba tset @@rd
|
|
rrcb rbd,imm1or2 soutib @@rd,@@rs,ra tset addr
|
|
rrdb rbb,rba soutibr @@rd,@@rs,ra tset addr(rd)
|
|
rsvd36 sra rd,imm8 tset rd
|
|
rsvd38 srab rbd,imm8 tsetb @@rd
|
|
rsvd78 sral rrd,imm8 tsetb addr
|
|
rsvd7e srl rd,imm8 tsetb addr(rd)
|
|
rsvd9d srlb rbd,imm8 tsetb rbd
|
|
rsvd9f srll rrd,imm8 xor rd,@@rs
|
|
rsvdb9 sub rd,@@rs xor rd,addr
|
|
rsvdbf sub rd,addr xor rd,addr(rs)
|
|
sbc rd,rs sub rd,addr(rs) xor rd,imm16
|
|
sbcb rbd,rbs sub rd,imm16 xor rd,rs
|
|
sc imm8 sub rd,rs xorb rbd,@@rs
|
|
sda rd,rs subb rbd,@@rs xorb rbd,addr
|
|
sdab rbd,rs subb rbd,addr xorb rbd,addr(rs)
|
|
sdal rrd,rs subb rbd,addr(rs) xorb rbd,imm8
|
|
sdl rd,rs subb rbd,imm8 xorb rbd,rbs
|
|
sdlb rbd,rs subb rbd,rbs xorb rbd,rbs
|
|
sdll rrd,rs subl rrd,@@rs
|
|
set @@rd,imm4 subl rrd,addr
|
|
set addr(rd),imm4 subl rrd,addr(rs)
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
@iftex
|
|
@endgroup
|
|
@end iftex
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
|
|
@up
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@c pesch@cygnus.com: we ignore the following chapters, since internals are
|
|
@c changing rapidly. These may need to be moved to another
|
|
@c book anyhow, if we adopt the model of user/modifier
|
|
@c books.
|
|
@node Maintenance
|
|
@chapter Maintaining the Assembler
|
|
[[this chapter is still being built]]
|
|
|
|
@section Design
|
|
We had these goals, in descending priority:
|
|
@table @b
|
|
@item Accuracy.
|
|
For every program composed by a compiler, @code{@value{AS}} should emit
|
|
``correct'' code. This leaves some latitude in choosing addressing
|
|
modes, order of @code{relocation_info} structures in the object
|
|
file, @emph{etc}.
|
|
|
|
@item Speed, for usual case.
|
|
By far the most common use of @code{@value{AS}} will be assembling compiler
|
|
emissions.
|
|
|
|
@item Upward compatibility for existing assembler code.
|
|
Well @dots{} we don't support Vax bit fields but everything else
|
|
seems to be upward compatible.
|
|
|
|
@item Readability.
|
|
The code should be maintainable with few surprises. (JF: ha!)
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
We assumed that disk I/O was slow and expensive while memory was
|
|
fast and access to memory was cheap. We expect the in-memory data
|
|
structures to be less than 10 times the size of the emitted object
|
|
file. (Contrast this with the C compiler where in-memory structures
|
|
might be 100 times object file size!)
|
|
This suggests:
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
Try to read the source file from disk only one time. For other
|
|
reasons, we keep large chunks of the source file in memory during
|
|
assembly so this is not a problem. Also the assembly algorithm
|
|
should only scan the source text once if the compiler composed the
|
|
text according to a few simple rules.
|
|
@item
|
|
Emit the object code bytes only once. Don't store values and then
|
|
backpatch later.
|
|
@item
|
|
Build the object file in memory and do direct writes to disk of
|
|
large buffers.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
RMS suggested a one-pass algorithm which seems to work well. By not
|
|
parsing text during a second pass considerable time is saved on
|
|
large programs (@emph{e.g.} the sort of C program @code{yacc} would
|
|
emit).
|
|
|
|
It happened that the data structures needed to emit relocation
|
|
information to the object file were neatly subsumed into the data
|
|
structures that do backpatching of addresses after pass 1.
|
|
|
|
Many of the functions began life as re-usable modules, loosely
|
|
connected. RMS changed this to gain speed. For example, input
|
|
parsing routines which used to work on pre-sanitized strings now
|
|
must parse raw data. Hence they have to import knowledge of the
|
|
assemblers' comment conventions @emph{etc}.
|
|
|
|
@section Deprecated Feature(?)s
|
|
We have stopped supporting some features:
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
@code{.org} statements must have @b{defined} expressions.
|
|
@item
|
|
Vax Bit fields (@kbd{:} operator) are entirely unsupported.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
It might be a good idea to not support these features in a future release:
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
@kbd{#} should begin a comment, even in column 1.
|
|
@item
|
|
Why support the logical line & file concept any more?
|
|
@item
|
|
Subsections are a good candidate for flushing.
|
|
Depends on which compilers need them I guess.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section Bugs, Ideas, Further Work
|
|
Clearly the major improvement is DON'T USE A TEXT-READING
|
|
ASSEMBLER for the back end of a compiler. It is much faster to
|
|
interpret binary gobbledygook from a compiler's tables than to
|
|
ask the compiler to write out human-readable code just so the
|
|
assembler can parse it back to binary.
|
|
|
|
Assuming you use @code{@value{AS}} for human written programs: here are
|
|
some ideas:
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
Document (here) @code{APP}.
|
|
@item
|
|
Take advantage of knowing no spaces except after opcode
|
|
to speed up @code{@value{AS}}. (Modify @code{app.c} to flush useless spaces:
|
|
only keep space/tabs at begin of line or between 2
|
|
symbols.)
|
|
@item
|
|
Put pointers in this documentation to @file{a.out} documentation.
|
|
@item
|
|
Split the assembler into parts so it can gobble direct binary
|
|
from @emph{e.g.} @code{cc}. It is silly for@code{cc} to compose text
|
|
just so @code{@value{AS}} can parse it back to binary.
|
|
@item
|
|
Rewrite hash functions: I want a more modular, faster library.
|
|
@item
|
|
Clean up LOTS of code.
|
|
@item
|
|
Include all the non-@file{.c} files in the maintenance chapter.
|
|
@item
|
|
Document flonums.
|
|
@item
|
|
Implement flonum short literals.
|
|
@item
|
|
Change all talk of expression operands to expression quantities,
|
|
or perhaps to expression arguments.
|
|
@item
|
|
Implement pass 2.
|
|
@item
|
|
Whenever a @code{.text} or @code{.data} statement is seen, we close
|
|
of the current frag with an imaginary @code{.fill 0}. This is
|
|
because we only have one obstack for frags, and we can't grow new
|
|
frags for a new subsection, then go back to the old subsection and
|
|
append bytes to the old frag. All this nonsense goes away if we
|
|
give each subsection its own obstack. It makes code simpler in
|
|
about 10 places, but nobody has bothered to do it because C compiler
|
|
output rarely changes subsections (compared to ending frags with
|
|
relaxable addresses, which is common).
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section Sources
|
|
@c The following files in the @file{@value{AS}} directory
|
|
@c are symbolic links to other files, of
|
|
@c the same name, in a different directory.
|
|
@c @itemize @bullet
|
|
@c @item
|
|
@c @file{atof_generic.c}
|
|
@c @item
|
|
@c @file{atof_vax.c}
|
|
@c @item
|
|
@c @file{flonum_const.c}
|
|
@c @item
|
|
@c @file{flonum_copy.c}
|
|
@c @item
|
|
@c @file{flonum_get.c}
|
|
@c @item
|
|
@c @file{flonum_multip.c}
|
|
@c @item
|
|
@c @file{flonum_normal.c}
|
|
@c @item
|
|
@c @file{flonum_print.c}
|
|
@c @end itemize
|
|
|
|
Here is a list of the source files in the @file{@value{AS}} directory.
|
|
|
|
@table @file
|
|
@item app.c
|
|
This contains the pre-processing phase, which deletes comments,
|
|
handles whitespace, etc. This was recently re-written, since app
|
|
used to be a separate program, but RMS wanted it to be inline.
|
|
|
|
@item append.c
|
|
This is a subroutine to append a string to another string returning a
|
|
pointer just after the last @code{char} appended. (JF: All these
|
|
little routines should probably all be put in one file.)
|
|
|
|
@item as.c
|
|
Here you will find the main program of the assembler @code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
|
|
@item expr.c
|
|
This is a branch office of @file{read.c}. This understands
|
|
expressions, arguments. Inside @code{@value{AS}}, arguments are called
|
|
(expression) @emph{operands}. This is confusing, because we also talk
|
|
(elsewhere) about instruction @emph{operands}. Also, expression
|
|
operands are called @emph{quantities} explicitly to avoid confusion
|
|
with instruction operands. What a mess.
|
|
|
|
@item frags.c
|
|
This implements the @b{frag} concept. Without frags, finding the
|
|
right size for branch instructions would be a lot harder.
|
|
|
|
@item hash.c
|
|
This contains the symbol table, opcode table @emph{etc.} hashing
|
|
functions.
|
|
|
|
@item hex_value.c
|
|
This is a table of values of digits, for use in atoi() type
|
|
functions. Could probably be flushed by using calls to strtol(), or
|
|
something similar.
|
|
|
|
@item input-file.c
|
|
This contains Operating system dependent source file reading
|
|
routines. Since error messages often say where we are in reading
|
|
the source file, they live here too. Since @code{@value{AS}} is intended to
|
|
run under GNU and Unix only, this might be worth flushing. Anyway,
|
|
almost all C compilers support stdio.
|
|
|
|
@item input-scrub.c
|
|
This deals with calling the pre-processor (if needed) and feeding the
|
|
chunks back to the rest of the assembler the right way.
|
|
|
|
@item messages.c
|
|
This contains operating system independent parts of fatal and
|
|
warning message reporting. See @file{append.c} above.
|
|
|
|
@item output-file.c
|
|
This contains operating system dependent functions that write an
|
|
object file for @code{@value{AS}}. See @file{input-file.c} above.
|
|
|
|
@item read.c
|
|
This implements all the directives of @code{@value{AS}}. This also deals
|
|
with passing input lines to the machine dependent part of the
|
|
assembler.
|
|
|
|
@item strstr.c
|
|
This is a C library function that isn't in most C libraries yet.
|
|
See @file{append.c} above.
|
|
|
|
@item subsegs.c
|
|
This implements subsections.
|
|
|
|
@item symbols.c
|
|
This implements symbols.
|
|
|
|
@item write.c
|
|
This contains the code to perform relaxation, and to write out
|
|
the object file. It is mostly operating system independent, but
|
|
different OSes have different object file formats in any case.
|
|
|
|
@item xmalloc.c
|
|
This implements @code{malloc()} or bust. See @file{append.c} above.
|
|
|
|
@item xrealloc.c
|
|
This implements @code{realloc()} or bust. See @file{append.c} above.
|
|
|
|
@item atof-generic.c
|
|
The following files were taken from a machine-independent subroutine
|
|
library for manipulating floating point numbers and very large
|
|
integers.
|
|
|
|
@file{atof-generic.c} turns a string into a flonum internal format
|
|
floating-point number.
|
|
|
|
@item flonum-const.c
|
|
This contains some potentially useful floating point numbers in
|
|
flonum format.
|
|
|
|
@item flonum-copy.c
|
|
This copies a flonum.
|
|
|
|
@item flonum-multip.c
|
|
This multiplies two flonums together.
|
|
|
|
@item bignum-copy.c
|
|
This copies a bignum.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Here is a table of all the machine-specific files (this includes
|
|
both source and header files). Typically, there is a
|
|
@var{machine}.c file, a @var{machine}-opcode.h file, and an
|
|
atof-@var{machine}.c file. The @var{machine}-opcode.h file should
|
|
be identical to the one used by GDB (which uses it for disassembly.)
|
|
|
|
@table @file
|
|
|
|
@item atof-ieee.c
|
|
This contains code to turn a flonum into a ieee literal constant.
|
|
This is used by tye 680x0, 32x32, sparc, and i386 versions of @code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
|
|
@item i386-opcode.h
|
|
This is the opcode-table for the i386 version of the assembler.
|
|
|
|
@item i386.c
|
|
This contains all the code for the i386 version of the assembler.
|
|
|
|
@item i386.h
|
|
This defines constants and macros used by the i386 version of the assembler.
|
|
|
|
@item m-generic.h
|
|
generic 68020 header file. To be linked to m68k.h on a
|
|
non-sun3, non-hpux system.
|
|
|
|
@item m-sun2.h
|
|
68010 header file for Sun2 workstations. Not well tested. To be linked
|
|
to m68k.h on a sun2. (See also @samp{-DSUN_ASM_SYNTAX} in the
|
|
@file{Makefile}.)
|
|
|
|
@item m-sun3.h
|
|
68020 header file for Sun3 workstations. To be linked to m68k.h before
|
|
compiling on a Sun3 system. (See also @samp{-DSUN_ASM_SYNTAX} in the
|
|
@file{Makefile}.)
|
|
|
|
@item m-hpux.h
|
|
68020 header file for a HPUX (system 5?) box. Which box, which
|
|
version of HPUX, etc? I don't know.
|
|
|
|
@item m68k.h
|
|
A hard- or symbolic- link to one of @file{m-generic.h},
|
|
@file{m-hpux.h} or @file{m-sun3.h} depending on which kind of
|
|
680x0 you are assembling for. (See also @samp{-DSUN_ASM_SYNTAX} in the
|
|
@file{Makefile}.)
|
|
|
|
@item m68k-opcode.h
|
|
Opcode table for 68020. This is now a link to the opcode table
|
|
in the @code{GDB} source directory.
|
|
|
|
@item m68k.c
|
|
All the mc680x0 code, in one huge, slow-to-compile file.
|
|
|
|
@item ns32k.c
|
|
This contains the code for the ns32032/ns32532 version of the
|
|
assembler.
|
|
|
|
@item ns32k-opcode.h
|
|
This contains the opcode table for the ns32032/ns32532 version
|
|
of the assembler.
|
|
|
|
@item vax-inst.h
|
|
Vax specific file for describing Vax operands and other Vax-ish things.
|
|
|
|
@item vax-opcode.h
|
|
Vax opcode table.
|
|
|
|
@item vax.c
|
|
Vax specific parts of @code{@value{AS}}. Also includes the former files
|
|
@file{vax-ins-parse.c}, @file{vax-reg-parse.c} and @file{vip-op.c}.
|
|
|
|
@item atof-vax.c
|
|
Turns a flonum into a Vax constant.
|
|
|
|
@item vms.c
|
|
This file contains the special code needed to put out a VMS
|
|
style object file for the Vax.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Here is a list of the header files in the source directory.
|
|
(Warning: This section may not be very accurate. I didn't
|
|
write the header files; I just report them.) Also note that I
|
|
think many of these header files could be cleaned up or
|
|
eliminated.
|
|
|
|
@table @file
|
|
|
|
@item a.out.h
|
|
This describes the structures used to create the binary header data
|
|
inside the object file. Perhaps we should use the one in
|
|
@file{/usr/include}?
|
|
|
|
@item as.h
|
|
This defines all the globally useful things, and pulls in @file{stdio.h}
|
|
and @file{assert.h}.
|
|
|
|
@item bignum.h
|
|
This defines macros useful for dealing with bignums.
|
|
|
|
@item expr.h
|
|
Structure and macros for dealing with expression()
|
|
|
|
@item flonum.h
|
|
This defines the structure for dealing with floating point
|
|
numbers. It #includes @file{bignum.h}.
|
|
|
|
@item frags.h
|
|
This contains macro for appending a byte to the current frag.
|
|
|
|
@item hash.h
|
|
Structures and function definitions for the hashing functions.
|
|
|
|
@item input-file.h
|
|
Function headers for the input-file.c functions.
|
|
|
|
@item md.h
|
|
structures and function headers for things defined in the
|
|
machine dependent part of the assembler.
|
|
|
|
@item obstack.h
|
|
This is the GNU systemwide include file for manipulating obstacks.
|
|
Since nobody is running under real GNU yet, we include this file.
|
|
|
|
@item read.h
|
|
Macros and function headers for reading in source files.
|
|
|
|
@item struct-symbol.h
|
|
Structure definition and macros for dealing with the @value{AS}
|
|
internal form of a symbol.
|
|
|
|
@item subsegs.h
|
|
structure definition for dealing with the numbered subsections
|
|
of the text and data sections.
|
|
|
|
@item symbols.h
|
|
Macros and function headers for dealing with symbols.
|
|
|
|
@item write.h
|
|
Structure for doing section fixups.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c ~subsection Test Directory
|
|
@c (Note: The test directory seems to have disappeared somewhere
|
|
@c along the line. If you want it, you'll probably have to find a
|
|
@c REALLY OLD dump tape~dots{})
|
|
@c
|
|
@c The ~file{test/} directory is used for regression testing.
|
|
@c After you modify ~@code{@value{AS}}, you can get a quick go/nogo
|
|
@c confidence test by running the new ~@code{@value{AS}} over the source
|
|
@c files in this directory. You use a shell script ~file{test/do}.
|
|
@c
|
|
@c The tests in this suite are evolving. They are not comprehensive.
|
|
@c They have, however, caught hundreds of bugs early in the debugging
|
|
@c cycle of ~@code{@value{AS}}. Most test statements in this suite were naturally
|
|
@c selected: they were used to demonstrate actual ~@code{@value{AS}} bugs rather
|
|
@c than being written ~i{a prioi}.
|
|
@c
|
|
@c Another testing suggestion: over 30 bugs have been found simply by
|
|
@c running examples from this manual through ~@code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
@c Some examples in this manual are selected
|
|
@c to distinguish boundary conditions; they are good for testing ~@code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
@c
|
|
@c ~subsubsection Regression Testing
|
|
@c Each regression test involves assembling a file and comparing the
|
|
@c actual output of ~@code{@value{AS}} to ``known good'' output files. Both
|
|
@c the object file and the error/warning message file (stderr) are
|
|
@c inspected. Optionally the ~@code{@value{AS}} exit status may be checked.
|
|
@c Discrepencies are reported. Each discrepency means either that
|
|
@c you broke some part of ~@code{@value{AS}} or that the ``known good'' files
|
|
@c are now out of date and should be changed to reflect the new
|
|
@c definition of ``good''.
|
|
@c
|
|
@c Each regression test lives in its own directory, in a tree
|
|
@c rooted in the directory ~file{test/}. Each such directory
|
|
@c has a name ending in ~file{.ret}, where `ret' stands for
|
|
@c REgression Test. The ~file{.ret} ending allows ~code{find
|
|
@c (1)} to find all regression tests in the tree, without
|
|
@c needing to list them explicitly.
|
|
@c
|
|
@c Any ~file{.ret} directory must contain a file called
|
|
@c ~file{input} which is the source file to assemble. During
|
|
@c testing an object file ~file{output} is created, as well as
|
|
@c a file ~file{stdouterr} which contains the output to both
|
|
@c stderr and stderr. If there is a file ~file{output.good} in
|
|
@c the directory, and if ~file{output} contains exactly the
|
|
@c same data as ~file{output.good}, the file ~file{output} is
|
|
@c deleted. Likewise ~file{stdouterr} is removed if it exactly
|
|
@c matches a file ~file{stdouterr.good}. If file
|
|
@c ~file{status.good} is present, containing a decimal number
|
|
@c before a newline, the exit status of ~@code{@value{AS}} is compared
|
|
@c to this number. If the status numbers are not equal, a file
|
|
@c ~file{status} is written to the directory, containing the
|
|
@c actual status as a decimal number followed by newline.
|
|
@c
|
|
@c Should any of the ~file{*.good} files fail to match their corresponding
|
|
@c actual files, this is noted by a 1-line message on the screen during
|
|
@c the regression test, and you can use ~@code{find (1)} to find any
|
|
@c files named ~file{status}, ~file {output} or ~file{stdouterr}.
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@node Retargeting
|
|
@chapter Teaching the Assembler about a New Machine
|
|
|
|
This chapter describes the steps required in order to make the
|
|
assembler work with another machine's assembly language. This
|
|
chapter is not complete, and only describes the steps in the
|
|
broadest terms. You should look at the source for the
|
|
currently supported machine in order to discover some of the
|
|
details that aren't mentioned here.
|
|
|
|
You should create a new file called @file{@var{machine}.c}, and
|
|
add the appropriate lines to the file @file{Makefile} so that
|
|
you can compile your new version of the assembler. This should
|
|
be straighforward; simply add lines similar to the ones there
|
|
for the four current versions of the assembler.
|
|
|
|
If you want to be compatible with GDB, (and the current
|
|
machine-dependent versions of the assembler), you should create
|
|
a file called @file{@var{machine}-opcode.h} which should
|
|
contain all the information about the names of the machine
|
|
instructions, their opcodes, and what addressing modes they
|
|
support. If you do this right, the assembler and GDB can share
|
|
this file, and you'll only have to write it once. Note that
|
|
while you're writing @code{@value{AS}}, you may want to use an
|
|
independent program (if you have access to one), to make sure
|
|
that @code{@value{AS}} is emitting the correct bytes. Since @code{@value{AS}}
|
|
and @code{GDB} share the opcode table, an incorrect opcode
|
|
table entry may make invalid bytes look OK when you disassemble
|
|
them with @code{GDB}.
|
|
|
|
@section Functions You will Have to Write
|
|
|
|
Your file @file{@var{machine}.c} should contain definitions for
|
|
the following functions and variables. It will need to include
|
|
some header files in order to use some of the structures
|
|
defined in the machine-independent part of the assembler. The
|
|
needed header files are mentioned in the descriptions of the
|
|
functions that will need them.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item long omagic;
|
|
This long integer holds the value to place at the beginning of
|
|
the @file{a.out} file. It is usually @samp{OMAGIC}, except on
|
|
machines that store additional information in the magic-number.
|
|
|
|
@item char comment_chars[];
|
|
This character array holds the values of the characters that
|
|
start a comment anywhere in a line. Comments are stripped off
|
|
automatically by the machine independent part of the
|
|
assembler. Note that the @samp{/*} will always start a
|
|
comment, and that only @samp{*/} will end a comment started by
|
|
@samp{*/}.
|
|
|
|
@item char line_comment_chars[];
|
|
This character array holds the values of the chars that start a
|
|
comment only if they are the first (non-whitespace) character
|
|
on a line. If the character @samp{#} does not appear in this
|
|
list, you may get unexpected results. (Various
|
|
machine-independent parts of the assembler treat the comments
|
|
@samp{#APP} and @samp{#NO_APP} specially, and assume that lines
|
|
that start with @samp{#} are comments.)
|
|
|
|
@item char EXP_CHARS[];
|
|
This character array holds the letters that can separate the
|
|
mantissa and the exponent of a floating point number. Typical
|
|
values are @samp{e} and @samp{E}.
|
|
|
|
@item char FLT_CHARS[];
|
|
This character array holds the letters that--when they appear
|
|
immediately after a leading zero--indicate that a number is a
|
|
floating-point number. (Sort of how 0x indicates that a
|
|
hexadecimal number follows.)
|
|
|
|
@item pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[];
|
|
(@var{pseudo_typeS} is defined in @file{md.h})
|
|
This array contains a list of the machine_dependent directives
|
|
the assembler must support. It contains the name of each
|
|
pseudo op (Without the leading @samp{.}), a pointer to a
|
|
function to be called when that directive is encountered, and
|
|
an integer argument to be passed to that function.
|
|
|
|
@item void md_begin(void)
|
|
This function is called as part of the assembler's
|
|
initialization. It should do any initialization required by
|
|
any of your other routines.
|
|
|
|
@item int md_parse_option(char **optionPTR, int *argcPTR, char ***argvPTR)
|
|
This routine is called once for each option on the command line
|
|
that the machine-independent part of @code{@value{AS}} does not
|
|
understand. This function should return non-zero if the option
|
|
pointed to by @var{optionPTR} is a valid option. If it is not
|
|
a valid option, this routine should return zero. The variables
|
|
@var{argcPTR} and @var{argvPTR} are provided in case the option
|
|
requires a filename or something similar as an argument. If
|
|
the option is multi-character, @var{optionPTR} should be
|
|
advanced past the end of the option, otherwise every letter in
|
|
the option will be treated as a separate single-character
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
@item void md_assemble(char *string)
|
|
This routine is called for every machine-dependent
|
|
non-directive line in the source file. It does all the real
|
|
work involved in reading the opcode, parsing the operands,
|
|
etc. @var{string} is a pointer to a null-terminated string,
|
|
that comprises the input line, with all excess whitespace and
|
|
comments removed.
|
|
|
|
@item void md_number_to_chars(char *outputPTR,long value,int nbytes)
|
|
This routine is called to turn a C long int, short int, or char
|
|
into the series of bytes that represents that number on the
|
|
target machine. @var{outputPTR} points to an array where the
|
|
result should be stored; @var{value} is the value to store; and
|
|
@var{nbytes} is the number of bytes in 'value' that should be
|
|
stored.
|
|
|
|
@item void md_number_to_imm(char *outputPTR,long value,int nbytes)
|
|
This routine is called to turn a C long int, short int, or char
|
|
into the series of bytes that represent an immediate value on
|
|
the target machine. It is identical to the function @code{md_number_to_chars},
|
|
except on NS32K machines.@refill
|
|
|
|
@item void md_number_to_disp(char *outputPTR,long value,int nbytes)
|
|
This routine is called to turn a C long int, short int, or char
|
|
into the series of bytes that represent an displacement value on
|
|
the target machine. It is identical to the function @code{md_number_to_chars},
|
|
except on NS32K machines.@refill
|
|
|
|
@item void md_number_to_field(char *outputPTR,long value,int nbytes)
|
|
This routine is identical to @code{md_number_to_chars},
|
|
except on NS32K machines.
|
|
|
|
@item void md_ri_to_chars(struct relocation_info *riPTR,ri)
|
|
(@code{struct relocation_info} is defined in @file{a.out.h})
|
|
This routine emits the relocation info in @var{ri}
|
|
in the appropriate bit-pattern for the target machine.
|
|
The result should be stored in the location pointed
|
|
to by @var{riPTR}. This routine may be a no-op unless you are
|
|
attempting to do cross-assembly.
|
|
|
|
@item char *md_atof(char type,char *outputPTR,int *sizePTR)
|
|
This routine turns a series of digits into the appropriate
|
|
internal representation for a floating-point number.
|
|
@var{type} is a character from @var{FLT_CHARS[]} that describes
|
|
what kind of floating point number is wanted; @var{outputPTR}
|
|
is a pointer to an array that the result should be stored in;
|
|
and @var{sizePTR} is a pointer to an integer where the size (in
|
|
bytes) of the result should be stored. This routine should
|
|
return an error message, or an empty string (not (char *)0) for
|
|
success.
|
|
|
|
@item int md_short_jump_size;
|
|
This variable holds the (maximum) size in bytes of a short (16
|
|
bit or so) jump created by @code{md_create_short_jump()}. This
|
|
variable is used as part of the broken-word feature, and isn't
|
|
needed if the assembler is compiled with
|
|
@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD}.
|
|
|
|
@item int md_long_jump_size;
|
|
This variable holds the (maximum) size in bytes of a long (32
|
|
bit or so) jump created by @code{md_create_long_jump()}. This
|
|
variable is used as part of the broken-word feature, and isn't
|
|
needed if the assembler is compiled with
|
|
@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD}.
|
|
|
|
@item void md_create_short_jump(char *resultPTR,long from_addr,
|
|
@code{long to_addr,fragS *frag,symbolS *to_symbol)}
|
|
This function emits a jump from @var{from_addr} to @var{to_addr} in
|
|
the array of bytes pointed to by @var{resultPTR}. If this creates a
|
|
type of jump that must be relocated, this function should call
|
|
@code{fix_new()} with @var{frag} and @var{to_symbol}. The jump
|
|
emitted by this function may be smaller than @var{md_short_jump_size},
|
|
but it must never create a larger one.
|
|
(If it creates a smaller jump, the extra bytes of memory will not be
|
|
used.) This function is used as part of the broken-word feature,
|
|
and isn't needed if the assembler is compiled with
|
|
@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD}.@refill
|
|
|
|
@item void md_create_long_jump(char *ptr,long from_addr,
|
|
@code{long to_addr,fragS *frag,symbolS *to_symbol)}
|
|
This function is similar to the previous function,
|
|
@code{md_create_short_jump()}, except that it creates a long
|
|
jump instead of a short one. This function is used as part of
|
|
the broken-word feature, and isn't needed if the assembler is
|
|
compiled with @samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD}.
|
|
|
|
@item int md_estimate_size_before_relax(fragS *fragPTR,int segment_type)
|
|
This function does the initial setting up for relaxation. This
|
|
includes forcing references to still-undefined symbols to the
|
|
appropriate addressing modes.
|
|
|
|
@item relax_typeS md_relax_table[];
|
|
(relax_typeS is defined in md.h)
|
|
This array describes the various machine dependent states a
|
|
frag may be in before relaxation. You will need one group of
|
|
entries for each type of addressing mode you intend to relax.
|
|
|
|
@item void md_convert_frag(fragS *fragPTR)
|
|
(@var{fragS} is defined in @file{as.h})
|
|
This routine does the required cleanup after relaxation.
|
|
Relaxation has changed the type of the frag to a type that can
|
|
reach its destination. This function should adjust the opcode
|
|
of the frag to use the appropriate addressing mode.
|
|
@var{fragPTR} points to the frag to clean up.
|
|
|
|
@item void md_end(void)
|
|
This function is called just before the assembler exits. It
|
|
need not free up memory unless the operating system doesn't do
|
|
it automatically on exit. (In which case you'll also have to
|
|
track down all the other places where the assembler allocates
|
|
space but never frees it.)
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section External Variables You will Need to Use
|
|
|
|
You will need to refer to or change the following external variables
|
|
from within the machine-dependent part of the assembler.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item extern char flagseen[];
|
|
This array holds non-zero values in locations corresponding to
|
|
the options that were on the command line. Thus, if the
|
|
assembler was called with @samp{-W}, @var{flagseen['W']} would
|
|
be non-zero.
|
|
|
|
@item extern fragS *frag_now;
|
|
This pointer points to the current frag--the frag that bytes
|
|
are currently being added to. If nothing else, you will need
|
|
to pass it as an argument to various machine-independent
|
|
functions. It is maintained automatically by the
|
|
frag-manipulating functions; you should never have to change it
|
|
yourself.
|
|
|
|
@item extern LITTLENUM_TYPE generic_bignum[];
|
|
(@var{LITTLENUM_TYPE} is defined in @file{bignum.h}.
|
|
This is where @dfn{bignums}--numbers larger than 32 bits--are
|
|
returned when they are encountered in an expression. You will
|
|
need to use this if you need to implement directives (or
|
|
anything else) that must deal with these large numbers.
|
|
@code{Bignums} are of @code{segT} @code{SEG_BIG} (defined in
|
|
@file{as.h}, and have a positive @code{X_add_number}. The
|
|
@code{X_add_number} of a @code{bignum} is the number of
|
|
@code{LITTLENUMS} in @var{generic_bignum} that the number takes
|
|
up.
|
|
|
|
@item extern FLONUM_TYPE generic_floating_point_number;
|
|
(@var{FLONUM_TYPE} is defined in @file{flonum.h}.
|
|
The is where @dfn{flonums}--floating-point numbers within
|
|
expressions--are returned. @code{Flonums} are of @code{segT}
|
|
@code{SEG_BIG}, and have a negative @code{X_add_number}.
|
|
@code{Flonums} are returned in a generic format. You will have
|
|
to write a routine to turn this generic format into the
|
|
appropriate floating-point format for your machine.
|
|
|
|
@item extern int need_pass_2;
|
|
If this variable is non-zero, the assembler has encountered an
|
|
expression that cannot be assembled in a single pass. Since
|
|
the second pass isn't implemented, this flag means that the
|
|
assembler is punting, and is only looking for additional syntax
|
|
errors. (Or something like that.)
|
|
|
|
@item extern segT now_seg;
|
|
This variable holds the value of the section the assembler is
|
|
currently assembling into.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section External functions will you need
|
|
|
|
You will find the following external functions useful (or
|
|
indispensable) when you're writing the machine-dependent part
|
|
of the assembler.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item char *frag_more(int bytes)
|
|
This function allocates @var{bytes} more bytes in the current
|
|
frag (or starts a new frag, if it can't expand the current frag
|
|
any more.) for you to store some object-file bytes in. It
|
|
returns a pointer to the bytes, ready for you to store data in.
|
|
|
|
@item void fix_new(fragS *frag, int where, short size, symbolS *add_symbol, symbolS *sub_symbol, long offset, int pcrel)
|
|
This function stores a relocation fixup to be acted on later.
|
|
@var{frag} points to the frag the relocation belongs in;
|
|
@var{where} is the location within the frag where the relocation begins;
|
|
@var{size} is the size of the relocation, and is usually 1 (a single byte),
|
|
2 (sixteen bits), or 4 (a longword). The value @var{add_symbol}
|
|
@minus{} @var{sub_symbol} + @var{offset}, is added to the byte(s) at
|
|
@var{frag->literal[where]}. If @var{pcrel} is non-zero, the address of
|
|
the location is subtracted from the result. A relocation entry is also
|
|
added to the @file{a.out} file. @var{add_symbol}, @var{sub_symbol},
|
|
and/or @var{offset} may be NULL.@refill
|
|
|
|
@item char *frag_var(relax_stateT type, int max_chars, int var,
|
|
@code{relax_substateT subtype, symbolS *symbol, char *opcode)}
|
|
This function creates a machine-dependent frag of type @var{type}
|
|
(usually @code{rs_machine_dependent}).
|
|
@var{max_chars} is the maximum size in bytes that the frag may grow by;
|
|
@var{var} is the current size of the variable end of the frag;
|
|
@var{subtype} is the sub-type of the frag. The sub-type is used to index into
|
|
@var{md_relax_table[]} during @code{relaxation}.
|
|
@var{symbol} is the symbol whose value should be used to when relax-ing this frag.
|
|
@var{opcode} points into a byte whose value may have to be modified if the
|
|
addressing mode used by this frag changes. It typically points into the
|
|
@var{fr_literal[]} of the previous frag, and is used to point to a location
|
|
that @code{md_convert_frag()}, may have to change.@refill
|
|
|
|
@item void frag_wane(fragS *fragPTR)
|
|
This function is useful from within @code{md_convert_frag}. It
|
|
changes a frag to type rs_fill, and sets the variable-sized
|
|
piece of the frag to zero. The frag will never change in size
|
|
again.
|
|
|
|
@item segT expression(expressionS *retval)
|
|
(@var{segT} is defined in @file{as.h}; @var{expressionS} is defined in @file{expr.h})
|
|
This function parses the string pointed to by the external char
|
|
pointer @var{input_line_pointer}, and returns the section-type
|
|
of the expression. It also stores the results in the
|
|
@var{expressionS} pointed to by @var{retval}.
|
|
@var{input_line_pointer} is advanced to point past the end of
|
|
the expression. (@var{input_line_pointer} is used by other
|
|
parts of the assembler. If you modify it, be sure to restore
|
|
it to its original value.)
|
|
|
|
@item as_warn(char *message,@dots{})
|
|
If warning messages are disabled, this function does nothing.
|
|
Otherwise, it prints out the current file name, and the current
|
|
line number, then uses @code{fprintf} to print the
|
|
@var{message} and any arguments it was passed.
|
|
|
|
@item as_bad(char *message,@dots{})
|
|
This function should be called when @code{@value{AS}} encounters
|
|
conditions that are bad enough that @code{@value{AS}} should not
|
|
produce an object file, but should continue reading input and
|
|
printing warning and bad error messages.
|
|
|
|
@item as_fatal(char *message,@dots{})
|
|
This function prints out the current file name and line number,
|
|
prints the word @samp{FATAL:}, then uses @code{fprintf} to
|
|
print the @var{message} and any arguments it was passed. Then
|
|
the assembler exits. This function should only be used for
|
|
serious, unrecoverable errors.
|
|
|
|
@item void float_const(int float_type)
|
|
This function reads floating-point constants from the current
|
|
input line, and calls @code{md_atof} to assemble them. It is
|
|
useful as the function to call for the directives
|
|
@samp{.single}, @samp{.double}, @samp{.float}, etc.
|
|
@var{float_type} must be a character from @var{FLT_CHARS}.
|
|
|
|
@item void demand_empty_rest_of_line(void);
|
|
This function can be used by machine-dependent directives to
|
|
make sure the rest of the input line is empty. It prints a
|
|
warning message if there are additional characters on the line.
|
|
|
|
@item long int get_absolute_expression(void)
|
|
This function can be used by machine-dependent directives to
|
|
read an absolute number from the current input line. It
|
|
returns the result. If it isn't given an absolute expression,
|
|
it prints a warning message and returns zero.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
@section The concept of Frags
|
|
|
|
This assembler works to optimize the size of certain addressing
|
|
modes. (e.g. branch instructions) This means the size of many
|
|
pieces of object code cannot be determined until after assembly
|
|
is finished. (This means that the addresses of symbols cannot be
|
|
determined until assembly is finished.) In order to do this,
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} stores the output bytes as @dfn{frags}.
|
|
|
|
Here is the definition of a frag (from @file{as.h})
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
struct frag
|
|
@{
|
|
long int fr_fix;
|
|
long int fr_var;
|
|
relax_stateT fr_type;
|
|
relax_substateT fr_substate;
|
|
unsigned long fr_address;
|
|
long int fr_offset;
|
|
struct symbol *fr_symbol;
|
|
char *fr_opcode;
|
|
struct frag *fr_next;
|
|
char fr_literal[];
|
|
@}
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@table @var
|
|
@item fr_fix
|
|
is the size of the fixed-size piece of the frag.
|
|
|
|
@item fr_var
|
|
is the maximum (?) size of the variable-sized piece of the frag.
|
|
|
|
@item fr_type
|
|
is the type of the frag.
|
|
Current types are:
|
|
rs_fill
|
|
rs_align
|
|
rs_org
|
|
rs_machine_dependent
|
|
|
|
@item fr_substate
|
|
This stores the type of machine-dependent frag this is. (what
|
|
kind of addressing mode is being used, and what size is being
|
|
tried/will fit/etc.
|
|
|
|
@item fr_address
|
|
@var{fr_address} is only valid after relaxation is finished.
|
|
Before relaxation, the only way to store an address is (pointer
|
|
to frag containing the address) plus (offset into the frag).
|
|
|
|
@item fr_offset
|
|
This contains a number, whose meaning depends on the type of
|
|
the frag.
|
|
for machine_dependent frags, this contains the offset from
|
|
fr_symbol that the frag wants to go to. Thus, for branch
|
|
instructions it is usually zero. (unless the instruction was
|
|
@samp{jba foo+12} or something like that.)
|
|
|
|
@item fr_symbol
|
|
for machine_dependent frags, this points to the symbol the frag
|
|
needs to reach.
|
|
|
|
@item fr_opcode
|
|
This points to the location in the frag (or in a previous frag)
|
|
of the opcode for the instruction that caused this to be a frag.
|
|
@var{fr_opcode} is needed if the actual opcode must be changed
|
|
in order to use a different form of the addressing mode.
|
|
(For example, if a conditional branch only comes in size tiny,
|
|
a large-size branch could be implemented by reversing the sense
|
|
of the test, and turning it into a tiny branch over a large jump.
|
|
This would require changing the opcode.)
|
|
|
|
@var{fr_literal} is a variable-size array that contains the
|
|
actual object bytes. A frag consists of a fixed size piece of
|
|
object data, (which may be zero bytes long), followed by a
|
|
piece of object data whose size may not have been determined
|
|
yet. Other information includes the type of the frag (which
|
|
controls how it is relaxed),
|
|
|
|
@item fr_next
|
|
This is the next frag in the singly-linked list. This is
|
|
usually only needed by the machine-independent part of
|
|
@code{@value{AS}}.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
@include gpl.texinfo
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@node Index
|
|
@unnumbered Index
|
|
|
|
@printindex cp
|
|
|
|
@contents
|
|
@bye
|